HARDSCAPER’S HANDBOOK
T E C H O
S P E C CA N
V O L .17
COLOR Due to the inherent nature of printed literature and current digital media, Techo-Bloc cannot guarantee specific color matching to printed representations of its color swatches. Each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another. Therefore, color samples shown are approximate representations of our standard colors and actual product colors may vary. Final color selection should be made at your local dealer from stocked product. Techo-Bloc always recommends immediately verifying the product and color upon reception. If there are any discrepancies, contact your local dealer before continuing your project. Installation of the product constitutes your acceptance of the product as is.
PROPER COLOR DISTRIBUTION AND LAYING TECHNIQUES Proper installation enhances the overall color of pavement. Units should be randomly picked from at least two pallets when installing. This creates an attractive and subtle blending of color.
EFFLORESCENCE This warranty does not apply to efflorescence. Efflorescence is a natural occurring process in all concrete products which sometimes appears in the form of a white powdery film on the pavement surface. Efflorescence is more perceivable in darker colors such as Onyx Black and Chocolate Brown as there is a higher level of contrast than with other blended colors. It does not, in any way, compromise the functionality or the structural integrity of the product. Although efflorescence cannot be prevented, it will wash off over time or can be cleaned with efflorescence cleaner. TechoBloc accepts no responsibility or liability for this condition.
POLYMERIC HAZE Polymeric haze from the use of polymeric joint sand may appear on your concrete products if the sand was not removed from the surface of the paver properly. This does not, in any way, affect the integrity of the product or your installation. The hazing will weather away naturally with time and rain. It can be removed with a specialized cleaner; you are advised to contact your contractor or the polymeric sand company used for advice on recommendations. Techo-Bloc accepts no responsibility or liability for this occurrence.
CONSTRUCTION RESIDUE A by-product of cutting with a saw is residue-filled water or concrete dust. Residue-filled water or re-hydrated dust can cling to the surface and leave a concrete stain. It is recommended to wash and remove the water or concrete dust from the surface of the pavers before it dries. Construction residue can also happen through soil disturbance or environmental elements. These contaminants should be removed immediately but do not affect the integrity of the product or your installation. Techo-Bloc accepts no responsibility or liability for these occurrences.
COMPACTOR AND SNOW REMOVAL EQUIPMENT Pavers with an embossed surface (high and low points) are more susceptible to scuff marks from vibratory plate compactors used in most concrete paver installations. Techo-Bloc recommends the use of a urethane mat between the plate and the paver surface during compacting. Contact your equipment supplier for more information about accessories for this purpose. Also, snow removal equipment should have the proper spacing, bumpers, and rubber blade guards to protect the surface of the pavers. Techo-Bloc is not responsible for damage caused by the misuse of compaction or snow removal equipment, which may leave scuff marks, or burns on pavers.
TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY TECHO-BLOC IS PROUD TO CERTIFY that our paving stones and retaining walls meet the latest industry standards in Canada and the United States of America. All Techo-Bloc manufactured landscape products comply with and surpass all applicable standards established by the CSA (Canadian Standards Association) and the ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials), recognized as the strictest standards throughout the world. TECHO-BLOC OFFERS A TRANSFERABLE LIFETIME WARRANTY on the structural integrity of all paving stones and retaining wall stones it manufactures. It covers any disintegration and/or decomposition of the above mentioned products resulting from natural causes and the abnormal deterioration of the surface due to the use of sodium chloride (NaCl) such as de-icing salt. IF PRODUCTS PROVE DEFECTIVE, we will replace these units. Techo-Bloc’s responsibility is limited to its products only and not to the costs related to the installation of those products. Installation of the product constitutes your acceptance of the product as is. Techo-Bloc will honor this transferable lifetime warranty with a proof of purchase such as an invoice or delivery slip. All conditions of the Techo-Bloc warranty apply to the High Definition collection.
STONEDGE COLLECTION WARRANTY STONEDGE™ LANDSCAPE AND MASONRY PRODUCTS are manufactured under the highest standards of quality and workmanship. This warranty is offered to the original Consumer Purchaser (Homeowner), for as long as they own their home. STONEDGE™ warrants that the product is free from defects in material and workmanship, and is in compliance with the specifications of the Canadian Standards Association and the American Standards for testing Materials. All exclusions concerning color, efflorescence, polymeric haze, construction-born residue, compactor & snow removal equipment apply. Unlike the Techo-Bloc products, Stonedge products are not warranted for the use of sodium chloride (NaCl) such as de-icing salt. We recommend the use of these products in backyards where winter access is limited.
techo-bloc.com
NOTE: T his warranty does not apply to any breakage, chipping, natural wear or other deterioration that were caused from improper design or installation which does not comply with applicable codes, the ICPI (Interlocking Concrete Pavement Institute), NCMA (National Concrete Masonry Association) and recognized work procedures. This warranty does not apply to any damage resulting from a natural disaster or from a deliberate and/or negligible act on the part of the purchaser, owner of the building, installer or any third party. For industry information about efflorescence, polymeric haze or information pertaining to installation specifications, please visit www.icpi.org or www.ncma.org.
3
Techo-Bloc.com RESOURCES GUIDE
Stay connected! www.facebook.com/techobloc
www.instagram.com/techobloc
www.twitter.com/techobloc
www.pinterest.com/techobloc
www.youtube.com/techobloc
www.houzz.com/pro/techobloc
www.linkedin.com/company/techo-bloc
techo-bloc.com
LEGEND
4
TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY
DE-ICING SALT RESISTANT
USE VIBRATING PLATE
PERMEABLE PAVERS
STONEDGE WARRANTY
DO NOT USE DE-ICING SALT
DO NOT USE VIBRATING PLATE
STONE TO STONE TONE DISTRIBUTION
ROAD TRAFFIC
LIGHT TRAFFIC
PEDESTRIAN
HIGH DEFINITION
Table of contents
DESIGN CORNER
Textures Colors Style Labs Solar reflectance index Color coordinate
SLABS
General technical information Aberdeen Blu 60mm Slate & Slate Aged Blu 60mm Smooth Blu 60mm Polished Blu 60mm Galaxy Blu 60mm 6"x13" Slate Blu 60mm 6"x13" Smooth Blu Grande Slate Blu Grande Smooth Blu Grande Polished & Galaxy Borealis Slab Borealis Stepping stones Dunes Inca Industria Maya Ocean Grande Para Travertina Raw Tux
PAVERS
General technical information Allegro Antika Blu 80mm Slate Blu 80mm Smooth Blu 80mm Polished Blu 80mm Galaxy Blu 80mm 6"x13" Smooth & Slate Eva Flagstone Industria 200 series Smooth & Granitex Industria 200 series Polished Industria 300 series Smooth & Granitex Industria 300 series Polished Industria 600 series Smooth & Granitex
7 8 10 12 17 18 21 21 26 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 47 48 48 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
Industria 600 series Polished Industria 600 series Smooth & Granitex Industria 600 series Polished Linea Small rectangles Linea Large rectangles Mista Grande Mista Random Mista Square Parisien Square Parisien Rectangle Parisien Circle Installation guides San Marino Small rectangles San Marino Large rectangles Sleek Valet Victorien 60mm Villagio
PERMEABLE PAVERS General technical information Inflo Pure Victorien 60mm Permeable
WALLS
General technical information Baltimore 90mm Baltimore 180mm Installation guides Borealis Installation guides Brandon 90mm Brandon 180mm Brandon 90 & 180mm Installation guides Escala 3.5” Installation guides G-Force G-Force Corner Installation guides Graphix Installation guides Manchester Installation guides Mini-Creta 3” Mini-Creta 6” Mini-Creta 3” Architectural Mini-Creta 6” Architectural
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 74 75 76 78 79 80 81 82 83 85 85 92 93 94 95 95 117 118 119 125 126 127 128 129 130 139 140 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 152 153 154 155
techo-bloc.com
3 4
Warranties Resources
5
Pillar 24” Mini-Creta 156 Pillar 24” Mini-Creta Architectural 157 Installation guides 158 Prescott 2.25” 167 Prescott 4.5” 168 Prescott Corners & Pillars 169 Installation guides 170 Raffinato 90 & 180mm Polished 177 Raffinato 90 & 180mm Smooth 178 Raffinato 90 & 180mm Polished pillars, corners & edges 179 Installation guides 179 Raffinato 90 & 180mm Smooth pillars, corners & edges 180 Installation guides 181 Röcka 188 Installation guides 189 Semma 190 Semma Corner & pillar 191 Installation guides 192 Suprema 195 Installation guides 196 Travertina Raw 198 Travertina Raw Corner & pillar 199
techo-bloc.com
STEPS & CAPS
6
General technical information STEPS Borealis Maya Raffinato Röcka Installation guides York 60" OVERLAY SYSTEMS Blu 45mm Slate Blu 45mm Smooth Venetian Slate Venetian Smooth CAPS Architectural Installation guides Bali Travertina Raw Brandon Bullnose Bullnose Grande Escala 3,5" Graphix
200 200 204 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 210 211 212 213 214 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221
Piedimonte Portofino Installation guides Prima 14" Smooth Prima 14" Polished Raffinato 14"x28" Travertina Raw York Pillar cap York Cap York Counter top
EDGES
General technical information Avignon Belgik Borealis Brandon Pietra Raffinato 90mm Raffinato 180mm Röcka Tundra
OUTDOOR FEATURES Brandon Rectangular fire pit Installation guides Brandon Square fire pit Installation guides Manchester Foyer Shale Grey Installation guides Manchester Foyer Harvest Gold Installation guides Manchester Elite pizza oven Installation guides Manchester Rustic pizza oven base and countertop Installation guides Prescott Fire pit Installation guides Raffinato Pizza oven base and countertop Installation guides Raffinato Fire pit Installation guides Valencia Fire pit Installation guides
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 232 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265
DESIGN CORNER
techo-bloc.com
COLORS, TEXTURES & INSPIRATION
7
Textures
SLATE/NATURAL
SMOOTH
Aberdeen (p. 26) Blu (p. 28, p. 34, p. 54) Inca (p. 40) Maya (p. 42) Eva (p. 59) Flagstone (p. 60) Mista (p. 71)
Blu (p. 29, p. 35, p. 55) Industria (p. 41, p. 61) Tux (p. 47) Antika (p. 53) Linea (p. 69) Parisien (p. 74)
Victorien (p. 82) Graphix (p. 146) Bullnose (p. 218) Raffinato (p. 178, p. 206, p. 227, p. 241) G-Force (p. 143) Venetian overlay (p. 212)
Blu (p. 30, p. 36, p. 56) Industria (p. 41, p. 62) Raffinato (p. 177, p. 241) Prima 14 (p. 226)
techo-bloc.com
DESIGN CORNER
San Marino (p. 78) Brandon (p. 127) Prescott (p. 178) Röcka (p. 188, p. 207) York Step (p. 209, p. 229) Portofino Cap (p. 223) Venetian overlay (p. 212)
POLISHED
8
GALAXY
BRUSHED TRAVERTINE
WOOD
Blu (p. 31, p. 36, p. 56)
Travertina Raw (p. 45, p. 198, p. 228)
Borealis (p. 37, p. 38, p. 125, p. 204, p. 238)
Textures
AGED/SPLIT FACE/RUSTIC
BEVELED
BASALT
Allegro (p. 52) Escala (p. 220) Manchester (p. 149) Mini-Creta (p. 152, p. 154)
Pure (p. 93) Villagio (p. 83)
Valet (p. 81)
SAND DUNES
HIGH DEFINITION SMOOTH
OCEAN WAVE
Dunes (p. 39)
Para (p. 44) Sleek (p. 80)
Ocean Grande (p. 43)
Semma (p. 191) Suprema (p. 195)
techo-bloc.com
DESIGN CORNER
9
Colors
techo-bloc.com
DESIGN CORNER
TECHO-BLOC COLORS
10
SANDLEWOOD
Mix of tan and charcoal
GREY
Grey
SHALE GREY
Mix of grey and charcoal
RED & BLACK
Mix of red and charcoal
MOJAVE BEIGE
Mix of tan with brown midtones & lowlights
CHAMPLAIN GREY
Mix of grey, charcoal and tan
ONYX BLACK
Dark black tones
HARVEST GOLD
Mix of chocolate brown, light cream and gold
CHESTNUT BROWN
Mix of chocolate brown and light cream to light grey
AUTUMN RED
Mix of deep red, tan and gold
CHOCOLATE BROWN
Dark brown tones
BRAZILIAN SAND
Sand-colored base with a mix of gold and yellow tones
GREYED NICKEL
Light grey with warm undertones
BEIGE CREAM
Cream base with warm beige midtones
SANDLEWOOD
GREY
SHALE GREY
RED & BLACK
MOJAVE BEIGE
CHAMPLAIN GREY
ONYX BLACK
HARVEST GOLD
CHESTNUT BROWN
AUTUMN RED
CHOCOLATE BROWN
BRAZILIAN SAND
GREYED NICKEL
BEIGE CREAM
Colors STONEDGE COLLECTION TONES VICTORIA TONES
Mix of light grey, charcoal, brown and rust tones
RIVIERA TONES
Mix of dark grey, charcoal, brown, light green and rust tones
ONYX BLACK TONES
Mix of dark black tones
ROCK GARDEN BROWN TONES
Mix of mid & light brown tones
CHOCOLATE BROWN TONES
Mix of dark brown tones
IVORY TONES
Mix of yellow and cream tones
AZZURRO TONES
Mix of light blue & grey tones
BAJA BEIGE TONES
Mix of light tan and brown highlights
CORAL SANDS TONES
Mix of golden sand and light beige tones
SMOKED PINE TONES
Rich dark brown base veined with darker tones
HAZELNUT BRANDY TONES
Light brown base veined with darker tones
SAUVIGNON OAK TONES
Sand-colored base tones with tan highlights
RIVIERA
ONYX BLACK
ROCK GARDEN BROWN
IVORY
AZZURRO
BAJA BEIGE
CORAL SANDS
SMOKED PINE
HAZELNUT BRANDY
SAUVIGNON OAK
CHOCOLATE BROWN
techo-bloc.com
DESIGN CORNER
VICTORIA
11
S T Y L E
LAB
Garden
A
DESIGN CORNER
B
C
D
techo-bloc.com
E
12
F
A travertina raw slab ivory, borealis 5x10 slab hazelnut brandy B antika paver shale grey C blu grande smooth slab & blu 6 x 13 smooth slab grey nickel
D baltimore wall shale grey, raffinato cap onyx black E villagio paver champlain grey F prescott fire pit riviera
S T Y L E
LAB
Modern Rustic
A
B
C
DESIGN CORNER
D
E
A industria 300 x 600 smooth paver greyed nickel, san marino small rectangle paver chestnut brown B blu grande smooth slab shale grey C borealis 5x10 slab smoked pine & hazelnut brandy mix D brandon masonry sienna onyx grey, forno pizza oven appliance
F
E blu 60 mm slate slab champlain grey,borealis 5 x 10 slab hazelnut brandy F borealis stepping stone slab hazelnut brandy / Swing seat jardindeville.com G brandon rectangle fire pit shale grey
techo-bloc.com
G
13
S T Y L E
LAB
Polished Casual
A
B
DESIGN CORNER
C
D
E
techo-bloc.com
G
14
A aberdeen slab riviera B blu 60mm slate slab champlain grey C travertina raw slab riviera & borealis 5 x 30 hazelnut brandy D ocean slab greyed nickel
F
E graphix wall beige cream F blu grande polished slab greyed nickel G raffinato pizza oven base - counter greyed nickel - forno oven
LAB
Euro Style
A
B C
DESIGN CORNER
D
E
F G A mista paver harvest gold B rocka step riviera C villagio paver shale grey & onyx black D travertina raw slab ivory
E industra 200 x 200 onyx black & greyed nickel F bullnose cap onyx blacD G manchester elite foyer shale grey
techo-bloc.com
S T Y L E
15
S T Y L E
LAB
Contemporary
A
B
DESIGN CORNER
C
D
E
techo-bloc.com
F
16
G A blu grande polished slab shale grey B raffinato polished wall onyx black C blu 80 mm smooth slab shale grey D dunes slab shale grey
E aberdeen slab riviera F blu grande slab polished greyed nickel G raffinato fire pit greyed nickel
Solar Reflectance Index Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) is a composite measure that combines surface’s solar reflectance and emittance. Essentially, the SRI is an indicator of how well a surface reflects (reflectance) and release absorbed solar radiation (emittance). The lower the SRI, the hotter a material is likely to become in the sunlight. High SRI surfaces can help reduce the urban heat island that causes cities to stay warmer which contributes to increase energy consumption for air conditioning systems and air pollution. Summary of LEED® criterion for credits on heat island reduction applicable to paving products for non-roof and parking cover applications (minimum values): INITIAL
3-YEAR AGED
29
-
NON-ROOF APPLICATIONS
LEED 2009
Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)
LEED v4
Solar reflectance
0.33
0.28
PARKING COVER APPLICATIONS
LEED 2009
Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)
29
-
LEED v4
Solar Reflectance Index (SRI)
39
32
Solar reflectance and SRI values for Techo-Bloc landscaping products, as tested by independent testing laboratory: SWATCH
SOLAR SOLAR REFLECTANCE REFLECTANCE INDEX (SRI)
COLOR
SWATCH
SOLAR SOLAR REFLECTANCE REFLECTANCE INDEX (SRI)
Autumn red
0.15
14
Hazelnut Brandy
0.23
23
Azzurro
0.15
12
Ivory
0.46
53
Baja Beige
0.38
42
Mojave beige
0.26
29
Beige Cream
0.30
32
Onyx black
See note below
Red & black
See note below
Brazilian sand Champlain grey Charcoal
Chocolate brown
0.23
25
See note below 0.23
25
See note below
Riviera
0.20
19
Rock Garden Brown
0.21
20
Sandlewood
0.21
23
Sauvignon Oak
0.35
38
Coral Sands
0.40
45
Shale grey
0.24
26
Grey
0.30
34
Smoked Pine
0.12
9
Greyed Nickel
0.32
35
Victoria
0.36
40
Harvest gold
0.18
18
Note: Since the overall objective of the SRI is to encourage light colored surfaces, these colors were not tested either because of their darkness or they were not applicable to paving products.
DESIGN CORNER
Chestnut brown
See note below
techo-bloc.com
COLOR
17
Color Coordinate
techo-bloc.com
beige cream
sauvignon oak
hazelnut brandy
smoked pine
beige cream
coral sands
brazilian sand
baja beige
azzurro
ivory
chocolate brown
autumn red
chestnut brown
harvest gold
riviera
red & black
charcoal
shale grey
Allegro Antika Blu 80 mm - Slate Blu 80 mm (6"×13") - Slate Blu 80 mm - Smooth Blu 80 mm (6"×13") - Smooth Blu 80mm - Polished Blu 80 mm - Galaxy Eva Flagstone Industria Collection Linea Mista Square & Random Mista Grande Parisien Square Parisien Circle Parisien Rectangle San Marino Sleek Valet Victorien 60 mm Villagio
grey
PAVERS
victoria
champlain grey
mojave beige
rock garden brown
onyx black
New
18
coral sands
brazilian sand
baja beige
azzurro
ivory
chocolate brown
autumn red
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
greyed nickel
sauvignon oak
harvest gold
rock garden brown
onyx black
riviera
victoria
hazelnut brandy
champlain grey
mojave beige
red & black
charcoal
shale grey
smoked pine
sandlewood
DESIGN CORNER
Aberdeen Blu 60 mm - Slate Blu Grande - Slate Blu 60 mm (6"×13") - Slate Blu 60 mm - Slate & Slate Aged Blu 60 mm & Blu Grande - Smooth Blu 60 mm (6"×13") - Smooth Blu 60 mm & Grande - Polished Blu 60 mm & Grande - Galaxy Borealis Borealis - Stepping stones Dunes Inca Industria - 600 Series Maya Ocean Para - High Definition Smooth Travertina Raw Tux
grey
SLABS
sandlewood
Consult your local Techo-Bloc sales representative or authorized dealer for color availability.
Available
Available 1⁄2 pallet
beige cream beige cream
sauvignon oak sauvignon oak
greyed nickel
hazelnut brandy hazelnut brandy
greyed nickel
smoked pine smoked pine
baja beige baja beige
coral sands
azzurro azzurro
brazilian sand
ivory ivory
coral sands
chocolate brown chocolate brown
brazilian sand
autumn red autumn red
chestnut brown
rock garden brown
harvest gold
beige cream
greyed nickel
sauvignon oak
hazelnut brandy
smoked pine
coral sands
brazilian sand
baja beige
azzurro
chocolate brown
autumn red
ivory
chestnut brown
harvest gold
rock garden brown
onyx black
riviera
New
Available
techo-bloc.com
onyx black
riviera
victoria
victoria
champlain grey
mojave beige
red & black
chestnut brown
harvest gold
rock garden brown
onyx black
riviera
victoria
champlain grey
mojave beige
red & black
charcoal
shale grey
champlain grey
mojave beige
red & black
charcoal
shale grey
grey grey
sandlewood
DESIGN CORNER
Architectural Cap Bali Travertina Raw Cap Brandon Cap Bullnose Cap Bullnose grande Cap Escala Cap Graphix Cap Piedimonte Caps Portofino Cap Prima 14" Cap Prima 14" - Polished Raffinato Caps - Smooth Raffinato Caps 60 mm Travertina Raw York Collection Borealis step Maya step Raffinato step - Smooth Röcka steps 48" & 60" York step Blu 45 mm Concrete Overlay System - Slate Blu 45 mm Concrete Overlay System - Smooth Venetian Concrete Overlay System - Slate Venetian Concrete Overlay System - Smooth
charcoal
STEPS, CAPS AND OVERLAY SYSTEMS
shale grey
Baltimore 90 mm & 180 mm Brandon Borealis Escala G-Force Graphix Manchester Mini-Creta 3" Mini-Creta 6" & Pillar Mini-Creta 3" Architectural Mini-Creta 6" Architectural & Pillar Prescott Collection Raffinato Collection - Smooth Raffinato Collection - Polished Röcka Semma Suprema Collection Travertina Raw
grey
WALLS & PILLARS
sandlewood
Inflo Pure Victorien 60 mm permeable
sandlewood
PERMEABLE PAVERS
Available 1⁄2 pallet 19
techo-bloc.com
DESIGN CORNER
OUTDOOR FEATURES
Manchester Foyer Brandon fire pit - Square & Rectangle Prescott fire pit Raffinato fire pit Valencia fire pit Manchester Elite pizza oven Manchester Rustic Pizza oven base and countertop Raffinato pizza oven base and countertop
20
New
Available
beige cream
greyed nickel
sauvignon oak
hazelnut brandy
smoked pine
coral sands
brazilian sand
baja beige
azzurro
ivory
chocolate brown
autumn red
chestnut brown
harvest gold
rock garden brown
onyx black
riviera
victoria
champlain grey
mojave beige
red & black
charcoal
shale grey
grey
Avignon Belgik Borealis Brandon Pietra Raffinato - Smooth Raffinato - Polished Röcka Tundra
sandlewood
beige cream
greyed nickel
sauvignon oak
hazelnut brandy
smoked pine
coral sands
brazilian sand
baja beige
azzurro
ivory
chocolate brown
autumn red
chestnut brown
harvest gold
rock garden brown
onyx black
riviera
victoria
champlain grey
mojave beige
red & black
charcoal
shale grey
grey
sandlewood
EDGES
Available 1⁄2 pallet
SLABS PATIOS, WALKWAYS, POOLSIDES & STEPPING STONES
CHARACTERISTICS
CSA A231.12
TECHO-BLOC
Compressive strength
-
6 500 psi [45 MPa] min.
Flexural strength
650 psi [4.5 MPa] min.
650 psi [4.5 MPa] min.
Freeze-thaw durability with use of deicing salt
Loss of 0.102 lb/ft2 [500 g/m2] max. at 28 cycles Loss of 0.246 lb/ft2 [1200 g/m2] max. at 49 cycles
Loss of 0.102 lb/ft2 [500 g/m2] max. at 28 cycles Loss of 0.246 lb/ft2 [1200 g/m2] max. at 49 cycles
Water absorption
-
5% (max.)
Dimension tolerance1
+ 1⁄8" [3 mm] height -1⁄32" [1 mm] to +1⁄16" [2 mm] length and width
+ 1⁄8" [3 mm] height -1⁄32" [1 mm] to +1⁄16" [2 mm] length and width
+ 1⁄16" [2 mm] Dimension of 17 11⁄16" [450 mm] and less +1⁄8" [3 mm] Dimension over 17 11⁄16" [450 mm]
+ 2 mm + 3 mm
Warpage
Notes : 1. The dimension tolerance is not applicable to split facings or other architectural finish. 2. CSA A231.1, Precast concrete paving slabs.
techo-bloc.com
PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
21
Installation guide
SLABS
TYPICAL APPLICATION USAGE
SECTOR
TRAFFIC TYPE & APPLICATIONS
SLABS
1. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. residential driveways)
- Blu 60 mm (6 x 13)
- Aberdeen - Blu 60 mm
RESIDENTIAL
- Blu Grande - Borealis 2. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times (ex. patios)
- Dunes - Inca - Industria Slab (60 mm) - Maya - Ocean Grande - Para (High Definition) - Travertina Raw - Tux
ICI
techo-bloc.com
(Industrial, Commercial and Institutional)
22
3. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times, without cars, or trucks or other mobile equipment (ex. terraces, parks, pedestrian walkways)
Adjustable pedestal applications: - Blu Grande - Industria Slab (60 mm)
Installation guide SLABS
INSTALLATION OUTLINE SLABS
01 EXCAVATION A. Before excavating, call all the local utility companies (e.g., phone, gas, electrical) to ensure that the area in which you plan to dig is clear of underground cables or wires. If any are found, please notify the appropriate companies before you continue. B. When excavating, it is important to achieve a slope in increments of 3⁄16" per ft (5 mm per 300 mm) which will allow for proper drainage. The excavation should mirror final grade of pavement. C. The width of the base behind the edge should be equivalent to the thickness of the base. D. With the help of a rake, grade the bottom of the excavated area. If the natural soil is granular or sandy we recommend that you compact the soil with a vibrating plate. If the soil is clay-like, change the soil with a blend of lime and crushed stone prior to compaction. Next, cover it with a layer of geotextile membrane to prevent the contamination of the base (clay and 0-3⁄4" [0-20 mm] crushed stone). Refer to the table "Thickness of the Granular Foundation" (on next page) to find the minimum thickness of foundation required.
02 FOUNDATION A. Install the 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) crushed stone base in 4" (100 mm) lifts with a minimum 5,000 lbf (22 kN) vibrating plate compactor. B. To facilitate compacting, wet the base material thoroughly and compact with a vibrating plate proceeding in all directions. Continue this process until you achieve the desired height. At this stage, you can verify the final height with the help of a paver. C. Base tolerance ± 3⁄8" (10 mm) for every 10' (3-m) increment.
03 THE SETTING BED A. On the compacted crushed base, install two pipes with an outside diameter of 1" (25 mm). Grade the concrete sand with the help of a straight edge (or Quick-E leveler). If the base isn’t properly graded and smooth, imperfections will be evident in the finishing grade of the pavement. B. Once the setting bed is graded, pre-compact with a hand tamper, then lightly fluff.
04 INSTALLATION OF SLABS A. Once the choice of slabs and the design have been finalized, it is recommended you start installing the slabs at a 90-degree angle. To obtain a 90-degree angle, use the rule of a 3 / 4 / 5-triangle. To do this, proceed as follows: measure a first horizontal line of 3' (1-m) and a second line of 4' (1.2 m) perpendicular to the first. Connect a third straight line of 5' (1.5 m), which will form a triangle, and the result will be a perfect 90-degree angle. While installing the slabs, walk on the installed slabs and fill in gaps caused by the pipes with concrete sand. B. It is always recommended that you use more than two cubes at a time in order to maximize the color blends. Furthermore, you should proceed with the cubes from top to bottom. C. You may use a chalk line to mark the stones to be cut along the borders, using a concrete saw. When cutting slabs, we recommend you wear protective ear and eyewear. D. Once you finish installing the slabs, you can then install Belgik, Pietra, Tundra, or Avignon curbstone. To keep curbs in place, add mortar along the back between the ground and the curbstone or, when available, use their plastic retention systems.
05 FILLING IN JOINTS A. Spread out the polymer stabilizer sand on the slabs, and sweep in between joints in all directions. C. The use of a vibrating plate is not recommended on slabs.
techo-bloc.com
B. Remove excess sand and follow the instructions exactly as indicated on the polymer stabilizer sand packaging.
23
Installation guide SLABS
VIBRATING PLATE ALERT! SLABS
We do not recommend passing the vibrating plate on slabs.
THICKNESS OF THE GRANULAR FOUNDATION1 TYPE OF EXISTING SOIL
RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS Patios and Walkways
Clayey or Silty2
Sandy or Gravelly
250 to 350 mm (10" to 14")
150 to 200 mm (6" to 8")
1. Data shown in this chart are provided as guidelines only. The range of values suggested depends particularly on existing soil conditions. The thicker the granular foundation, the greater the increase in stability of the whole structure. 2. In the case of unstable soils or ones particularly affected by the freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker foundation may be necessary. For soils with these conditions or for commercial, industrial, or institutional works, a geotechnical professional should be consulted.
QUANTITY CHART FOR JOINTS FILLING Approximate surface coverage per 50 lbs (22.7 kg) polymeric sand bag. SLABS
size
sq. ft
sq. m
SLABS
size
sq. ft
sq. m
Aberdeen
30×30
483
44.87
30×20
388
36.05
Industria 600 series
600×600×60
204.13
18.96
30×10
243
22.56
129.7
12.1
20×20
324
30.07
20×10
216
20.08
30×30
483
44.87
Blu 60 mm
90.2
8.37
30×20
388
36.05
Blu 60 mm (6"×13")
42.63
3.96
20×20
324
30.07
20×10
216
20.08
12×12
133
12.36
12×24
178
16.54
Blu Grande
60×495×825
118.49
11.01
Borealis
2.25×5×30
124.64
11.58
2.25×10×30
233.03
21.65
Dunes
29.4
2.7
Inca
108.3
10.06
Ocean Grande Travertina Raw
Tux
A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE SLAB 1 3⁄4" TO 2 3⁄8" (45 TO 60 mm) B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. EDGE RESTRAINT techo-bloc.com
H. NAIL
24
I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. GEOTEXTILE
SLAB INSTALLATION Typical cross section
K. SUBGRADE
Installation guide SLABS ON PEDESTAL SET BLU GRANDE
SLABS
CONFORMING TO ASTM C 1782 AND CSA A231.1
INDUSTRIA SLAB
techo-bloc.com
CONFORMING TO ASTM C 1782 AND CSA A231.1
25
Aberdeen PALLET OVERVIEW 20"×10" and 20"×20"
Specifications per pallet 20"×10" - 20"×20"
SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate
Imperial
Cubing
70.83 ft
6.58 m2
Weight
1 900 lbs
862 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per unit
A
1.39 ft2
0.13 m2
B
2.78 ft
0.26 m2
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
2
Linear coverage per row
PALLET OVERVIEW 30"×10"
H L
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
B
Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 4
2 ⁄ 20 10
57 508 254
17 units
2 1⁄4 20 20
57 508 508
17 units
Imperial
Metric
35.42 ft
3.29 m2
Weight
992 lbs
450 kg
Palletized upright.
Number of rows
1
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
Coverage per unit
2.08 ft2
0.19 m2
Depth
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
Length
14.2 lin. ft
4.33 lin. m
30"×10"
Cubing
NOTES
2
Linear coverage per row
H L
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
HIGH
rock garden brown
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 30 10
57 762 254
17 units
1 4
38% - 30'' x 30'' | 25% 02 | Modular pattern 30'' x 20'' | 12% - 30'' x 10'' 40% - 30'' x 20'' | | 25% - 20'' x 20'' & 20% - 30'' x 10'' | 40% 20'' x 10'' 20'' x 20'' & 20'' x 10''
TONE DISTRIBUTION
techo-bloc.com
Metric 2
azzurro
03 | Modular pattern 38% - 30'' x 30'' | 12% 30'' x 10'' | 50% - 20'' x 20'' & 20'' x 10''
baja beige
26 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
Aberdeen DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate
30"×20"
Specifications per pallet Cubing
70.83 ft
6.58 m2
Weight
1 880 lbs
853 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per unit
4.17 ft2
0.39 m2
Depth
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
Length
28.3 lin. ft
8.63 lin. m
H D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
NOTES Palletized upright.
30"×30"
Specifications per pallet
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another. See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 30 20
57 762 508
17 units
1 4
Metric
Cubing
106.25 ft2
9.87 m2
Weight
2 759 lbs
1 251 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per unit
6.25 ft2
0.58 m2
Linear coverage per row
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
04 | Linear pattern 40% - 30'' x 20'' | 20% - 30'' x 10'' | 40% 20'' x 20'' & 20'' x 10''
in
Imperial
H L
Metric 2
Linear coverage per row
L
Imperial
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW 30"×20"and 30"×30"
05 | Linear pattern
06 | Linear pattern
100% - 30'' x 10''
100% - 30'' x 10''
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 30 30
57 762 762
17 units
07 | Linear pattern Checkerboard 45° | 100% - 30'' x 30''
rock garden brown
azzurro
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
27
Blu 60 mm SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate, Slate Aged PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
116.82 ft
10.96 m2
Weight slate
3 175 lbs
1 440 kg
Weight slate aged
3 170 lbs
1 438 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.81 lin. ft
3.02 lin. m
H L
Metric 2
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 8
2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
60 330 165
44 units
2 3⁄8 13 13
60 330 330
44 units
2 3⁄8 13 19 1⁄2
60 330 495
22 units
NOTES When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information. See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
03 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
28
sandlewood slate slate aged
shale grey slate slate aged
mojave beige slate slate aged
champlain grey slate slate aged
harvest gold slate slate aged
chestnut brown slate slate aged
autumn red slate
Blu 60 mm DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
116.82 ft
10.96 m2
Weight
3 247 lbs
1 473 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.81 lin. ft
3.02 lin. m
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height Depth
When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information. See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
Metric 2
H
NOTES
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 8
2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
60 330 165
44 units
2 3⁄8 13 13
60 330 330
44 units
2 3⁄8 13 19 1⁄2
60 330 495
22 units
03 | Linear pattern
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
29
Blu 60 mm SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
116.82 ft
10.96 m2
Weight
3 125 lbs
1 417 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.81 lin. ft
3.02 lin. m
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
NOTES When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
Height Depth Length
C
Height
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
01 | Modular pattern
Depth Length
02 | Modular pattern
03 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
30
greyed nickel
beige cream
shale grey
chestnut brown
Metric 2
onyx black
in
mm
Units /pallet
5 16
2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
58 330 165
44 units
2 5⁄16 13 13
58 330 330
44 units
2 5⁄16 13 19 1⁄2
58 330 495
22 units
Blu 60 mm DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Galaxy
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
116.82 ft
10.96 m2
Weight
3 125 lbs
1 417 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.81 lin. ft
3.02 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
02 | Modular pattern
Height Depth Length
C
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
01 | Modular pattern
Metric 2
H L
NOTES
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 13 6 1⁄2
60 330 165
44 units
2 3⁄8 13 13
60 330 330
44 units
2 3⁄8 13 19 1⁄2
60 330 495
22 units
03 | Linear pattern
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
31
Blu 60 mm (6"×13") SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Paver or Slab TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET
Cubing
116.05 ft
10.78 m2
*HALF-PALLET 63.30 ft2
5.88 m2
3 190 lbs
1 447 kg
FULL PALLET
Weight
Metric 2
*HALF-PALLET 1 778 lbs Number of rows
FULL PALLET
806 kg
11
*HALF-PALLET 6
10.55 ft2
0.98 m2
Depth
19.5 lin. ft
5.94 lin. m
Length
9.75 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
Coverage per row Linear coverage per row
NOTES
H
* Colors only available in half-pallets.
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
60 330 165
198 units
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
3 8
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
03 | Herringbone pattern 04 | Parquet pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
32
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
Blu 60 mm (6"×13") DESCRIPTION : Paver and Slab TEXTURE : Smooth
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET
Cubing
Metric
116.05 ft
10.78 m2
2
*HALF-PALLET 63.30 ft2 FULL PALLET
Weight
5.88 m2
3 138 lbs
1 423 kg
*HALF-PALLET 1 722 lbs Number of rows
FULL PALLET
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW
781 kg
11
*HALF-PALLET 6
10.55 ft2
0.98 m2
Depth
19.5 lin. ft
5.94 lin. m
Length
9.75 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
Coverage per row Linear coverage per row
H
NOTES
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
* Colors only available in half-pallets.
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
60 330 165
198 units
3 8
When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information. See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
03 | Herringbone pattern 04 | Parquet pattern
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
beige cream
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
33
Blu Grande SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
96.71 ft
8.98 m2
Weight
2 727 lbs
1 237 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
8.79 ft2
0.82 m2
Depth
3.25 lin. ft
0.99 lin. m
Length
5.41 lin. ft
1.65 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES See page 21 to page 25 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
03 | Linear pattern
04 | Herringbone pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
34
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
Metric 2
harvest gold
chestnut brown
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 19 ⁄ 32 1⁄2
60 495 825
22 units
3 8 1 2
Blu Grande DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
96.71 ft
8.98 m2
Weight
2 720 lbs
1 234 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
8.79 ft2
0.82 m2
Depth
3.25 lin. ft
0.99 lin. m
Length
5.41 lin. ft
1.65 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
H L
Metric 2
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 19 1⁄2 32 1⁄2
60 495 825
22 units
See page 21 to page 25 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
03 | Linear pattern
04 | Herringbone pattern
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
35
Blu Grande SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Polished and Galaxy PALLET OVERVIEW
Polished
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
96.71 ft2
8.98 m2
Weight
2 525 lbs
1 145 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
8.79 ft2
0.82 m2
Depth
3.25 lin ft
0.99 lin m
Length
5.41 lin ft
1.65 lin m
Linear coverage per row
H L
NOTES
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
See page 21 to page 25 for more technical information.
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 5⁄16 19 1⁄2 32 1⁄2
58 495 825
22 units
See page 35 for patterns.
Galaxy
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
96.71 ft
8.98 m2
Weight
2 698 lbs
1 223 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
8.79 ft2
0.82 m2
Depth
3.25 lin ft
0.99 lin m
Length
5.41 lin ft
1.65 lin m
Linear coverage per row
H L
D
Metric 2
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 19 1⁄2 32 1⁄2
60 495 825
22 units
GALAXY
techo-bloc.com
POLISHED
36
shale grey
chestnut brown
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
greyed nickel
beige cream
Borealis DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Wood
5"×30"
Specifications per pallet
PALLET OVERVIEW - 10×30
68 units
70.83 ft
6.58 m2
Units
1.04 ft2
0.10 m2
Weight
1 866 lbs
847 kg
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
17.71 ft2
1.65 m2
Depth
7.08 lin. ft
2.16 lin. m
Length
42.5 lin. ft
12.96 lin. m
2
H D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet 10"×30"
NOTES Palletized upright. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
mm
Units /pallet
57 127 762
68 units
Metric
34 units
34 units
70.83 ft
6.58 m2
Weight
1 820 lbs
826 kg
Units
2.08 ft
0.19 m2
Number of rows
2
Coverage per row
35.42 ft2
3.29 m2
Depth
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
Length
14.2 lin. ft
4.33 lin. m
2
H L
in
2 1⁄4 5 30
Imperial
Cubing
2
Linear coverage per row
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
Metric
68 units
Cubing
Linear coverage per row
L
Imperial
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW - 5×30
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 10 30
57 254 762
34 units
riviera
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH smoked pine
hazelnut brandy
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
03 | Linear pattern
04 | Linear pattern techo-bloc.com
NEW
sauvignon oak
37 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
NEW
Borealis Stepping stones SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
64 pi / pal
5.95 m2 / pal
Weight per pallet
1 490 lbs
676 kg
Weight by unit
88 lbs
40 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per unit
4 ft2
2
H
NOTES See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
6 different shapes available
38
hazelnut brandy
L
D
A-F
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
0.37 m2 in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 24 24
57 610 610
16 units
NEW
Dunes DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Sand Dunes
Imperial
Cubing
92.04 ft
8.55 m2
Weight
2 426 lbs
1 100 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per unit
1.92 ft2
0.18 m2
Coverage per row
11.51 ft
1.07 m2
Depth
5.88 lin. ft
1.79 lin. m
Length
11.75 lin. ft
3.58 lin. m
H L
rock garden brown
A
2
Unit dimensions Height Depth
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
chocolate brown
D
Length
riviera
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 11 3⁄4 23 1⁄2
57 298 597
48 units
techo-bloc.com
Specifications per pallet
Linear coverage per row
NOTES
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW
39
Inca SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Natural stone (Slate) PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
66.50 ft
6.18 m2
Weight
1 640 lbs
744 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per unit
Linear coverage per row
H L
Metric 2
D
A
0.78 ft2
0.07 m2
B
2
1.56 ft
0.14 m2
C
2.34 ft2
0.22 m2
52.5 lin. ft
16 lin. m
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth
NOTES
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 15 7 1⁄2
51 381 191
14 units
2 15 15
51 381 381
14 units
2 15 22 1⁄2
51 381 572
14 units
Palletized upright. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
01 | Modular pattern
Depth Length
02 | Modified Herringbone pattern
03 | Modified Herringbone pattern
04 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
40
victoria
riviera
baja beige
coral sands
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
Industria Slab DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth , Granitex or Polished SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Smooth and Granitex
EXPANDING DESIGN HORIZONS WITH LIVEABLE ROOFTOPS. COOL ROOF High Solar Reflectivity
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
54.25 ft
5.04 m2
Weight
1 555 lbs
705 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Linear coverage per row
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
H D
L
Metric 2
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
in
mm
2 3⁄8 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8
60 600 600
Units /pallet
14 units
CONCRETE PRODUCT WITH SUPERIOR STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES Exceeds ASTM C1491 and CSA 231.1 standards. LENGTHENS ROOF LIFE SPAN Protects the waterproofing membrane from UV rays and accidental perforations.
Polished
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
54.25 ft2
5.04 m2
Weight
1 555 lbs
705 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
See page 21 to page 25 for more technical information.
Linear coverage per row
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
*Colors available on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
L
EASY ACCESS FOR MAINTENANCE When installed on pedestals, INDUSTRIA slab can be moved for roof system maintenance.
NOTES
H D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
2 5⁄16 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8
58 600 600
Units /pallet
14 units
NEW
onyx black
chestnut brown*
greyed nickel
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
100% - 600x600
100% - 600x600
techo-bloc.com
shale grey*
beige creme
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
41
Maya SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Natural stone (Slate) PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
17 units
17 units
Weight per pallet
1 695 lbs
767 kg
Weight by unit
89 lbs
41 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per unit
4.95 ft2
Coverage per pallet
84.15 ft
H L
NOTES
D
Each pallet contains a variation of six different shapes. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another. See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
Height Length
It is preferable to lay the stones in a random configuration.
42
Unit dimensions Depth
Palletized upright.
victoria
A-F
riviera
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
0.46 m2 7.82 m2
2
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1â „4 23 31
57 584 788
17 units
NEW
Ocean Grande DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Ocean Waves
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
96.71 ft
8.98 m2
Weight
2 698 lbs
1 224 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
8.79 ft2
0.82 m2
Depth
5.41 lin. ft
1.65 lin. m
Length
3.25 lin. ft
0.99 lin. m
L
D
Metric 2
H
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
NOTES
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW -
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 19 ⁄ 32 1⁄2
60 495 825
22 units
3 8 1 2
beige cream
greyed nickel
techo-bloc.com
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
43
NEW
Para PALLET OVERVIEW - 500 × 250
Specifications per pallet 500 × 250
SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Hyper Smooth
Cubing
118.40 ft
11 m2
Weight
3 400 lbs
1 542 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.76 ft2
1 m2
Length
6.56 lin. ft
2 lin. m
Depth
13.12 lin. ft
4 lin. m
H D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
500 × 500
Specifications per pallet PALLET OVERVIEW - 500 × 750
Weight
3 360 lb
1 524 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.76 ft2
1 m2
Linear coverage per row
6.56 lin. ft
2 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height
techo-bloc.com
44
500 × 750
mm
60 500 500
Units /pallet
44 units
Metric
Cubing
2
88.80 ft
8.25 m2
Weight
2 522 lbs
1 144 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
8.07 ft2
0.75 m2
Length
4.92 lin. ft
1.50 lin. m
Depth
3.28 lin. ft
1 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
beige cream
in
2 3⁄8 19 11⁄16 19 11⁄16
Imperial
Depth
greyed nickel
88 units
11 m2
H
onyx black
Units /pallet
118.40 ft2
Specifications per pallet
L
60 500 250
Cubing
Length
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
mm
Metric
Depth
NOTES
in
2 3⁄8 19 11⁄16 9 13⁄16
Imperial
H L
Metric 2
PALLET OVERVIEW - 500 × 500
L
Imperial
in
mm
2 3⁄8 19 11⁄16 29 1⁄2
60 500 750
Units /pallet
22 units
NEW
Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Brushed Travertine
20"×20" - 20"×10"
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
70.83 ft
6.58 m2
Weight
1 863 lbs
845 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per unit
H D
L
A
1.39 ft2
0.13 m2
B
2.78 ft
0.26 m2
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
2
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
Metric 2
Linear coverage per row
Palletized upright.
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW 20"×20" AND 20"×10"
B
Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 4
2 ⁄ 20 10
57 508 254
17 units
2 1⁄4 20 20
57 508 508
17 units
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
01 | Modular pattern 25% - 20''x30'' | 75% 20''x20'' & 20''x10''
02 | Herringbone pattern 100% - 20''x30''
03 | Modified Herringbone pattern 04 | Linear pattern 50% - 20''x30'' | 50% 20''x20'' & 20''x10''
50% - 20''x30'' | 50% 20''x20'' & 20''x10''
riviera
rock garden brown
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
45
NEW
Travertina Raw PALLET OVERVIEW - 20"×30"
Specifications per pallet 20"×30"
SLABS
DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Brushed Travertine
Imperial
Cubing
70.83 ft
6.58 m2
Weight
1 830 lbs
830 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage per units
4.17 ft2
0.39 m2
Depth
28.3 lin. ft
8.64 lin. m
Length
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
PALLET OVERVIEW - 30"×30" H D
L
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 20 30
57 508 762
17 units
1 4
Cubing
106.25 ft2
9.87 m2
Weight
2 782 lbs
1 262 kg
Number of rows
1
Palletized upright.
Coverage per units
6.25 ft2
0.58 m2
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
Linear coverage per row
42.5 lin. ft
12.95 lin. m
30"×30"
Metric
H D
L
A
Unit dimensions
05 | Linear pattern 50% - 20''x30'' | 50% 20''x20'' & 20''x10''
Length
07 | Modular pattern 06 | Linear pattern 100% - 20''x30''
33% - 30''x30'' | 38% 20''x30''| 29% - 20''x20'' & 20"x10"
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
riviera
rock garden brown
Height Depth
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
in
Imperial
NOTES
46
Metric 2
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 30 30
57 762 762
17 units
Tux DESCRIPTION : Slab TEXTURE : Smooth
12"×12"
Specifications per pallet
PALLET OVERVIEW - 12"×24"
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
132 units
132 units
Weight
3 600 lbs
1 633 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
11.63 ft2
Linear coverage per pallet
127.88 ft
11.88 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.81 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
H D
L
Unit dimensions
A
Height Length
12"×24"
Specifications per pallet
See page 21 to page 24 for more technical information.
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 11 13⁄16
60 300 300
132 units
Cubing
60 units
60 units
Weight
3 315 lbs
1 504 kg
Number of rows
10
Coverage per row
11.63 ft2
1.08 m2
Linear coverage per pallet
116.25 ft2
10.80 m2
Linear coverage per row - Depth
5.91 lin. ft
1.80 lin. m
Linear coverage per row - Length
11.81 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
100 % - 12'' x 12''
100 % - 12'' x 24''
in
mm
2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 23 5⁄8
60 300 600
3 8 13 16
Units /pallet
60 units
03 | Modified Herringbone pattern
04 | Modified Herringbone pattern
80 % - 12'' x 24'' 20 % - 12'' x 12''
80 % - 12'' x 24'' 20 % - 12'' x 12''
techo-bloc.com
greyed nickel
mm
3 8 13 16
Metric
Depth
onyx black
in
Imperial
H L
1.08 m2 2
Depth
NOTES
SLABS
PALLET OVERVIEW - 12"×12"
beige cream
47 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
PAVERS DRIVEWAYS, PERMEABLE DRIVEWAYS & PATIOS
techo-bloc.com
PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
48
CHARACTERISTICS
CSA A231.22
TECHO-BLOC
Compressive strength
50 MPa [7200 psi] min.
50 MPa [7200 psi] min.
Freeze-thaw durability with use of deicing salt
Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m2 at 28 cycles 500 g/m2 at 49 cycles
Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m2 at 28 cycles 500 g/m2 at 49 cycles
Absorption
-
5% (max.)
Length and Width: -1.0 mm [0.039 in.] to +2.0 mm [0.079 in.] Thickness: ±3.0 mm [0.118 in.]
Length and Width: -1.0 mm [0.039 in.] to +2.0 mm [0.079 in.] Thickness: ±3.0 mm [0.118 in.]
Dimension tolerance1
Notes : 1. The dimension tolerance is not applicable to split facings or other architectural finish. 2. CSA A231.2, Precast concrete pavers.
Installation guide TYPICAL APPLICATION USAGE
ICI (Industrial, Commercial and Institutional)
1. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. residential driveways)
PAVERS
- Allegro - Antika - Blu 80 mm - Blu 80 mm (6 x 13) - Eva - Flagstone - Linea (small rectangles) - Mista Grande - Mista Random - Mista Square - Parisien (square, rectangle, circle) - San Marino (small rectangles) - Sleek - Valet - Victorien 60 mm - Villagio - All products from traffic type 2 & 3.
2. Road traffic Cars, heavy trucks, buses (ex. boulevards, main or secondary streets, pedestrian crossings, industrial, ports and airport areas)
- Industria 200 x 200 - Industria 300 x 100 - Industria 300 x 150 - Industria 300 x 300
3. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. parking lots, sidewalks)
- Industria 200 x 400 - Industria 600 x 300 - Industria 600 x 600 - Linea (large rectangles) - San Marino (large rectangles) - All products from traffic type 2.
4. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times, without cars, or trucks or other mobile equipment (ex. terraces, parks, pedestrian walkways)
- Blu 80 mm (6 x 13) - Industria 600 x 100 - Industria 600 x 200 - Linea (small rectangles) - San Marino (small rectangles) - Sleek - All products from traffic type 2 & 3.
PAVERS
RESIDENTIAL
TRAFFIC TYPE & APPLICATIONS
techo-bloc.com
SECTOR
49
Installation guide
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT INSTALLATION OUTLINE 01 EXCAVATION A. Before excavating, call all the local utility companies (e.g., phone, gas, electrical) to ensure that the area in which you plan to dig is clear of underground cables or wires. If any are found, please notify the appropriate companies before you begin. B. When excavating, it is important to achieve a slope in increments of 1.5% (3⁄16" per ft/5 mm per 300 mm), which will allow for proper drainage. The excavation should mirror the final grade of pavement. PAVERS
C. The width of the base behind the edge should be equivalent to the thickness of the base. D. Using a rake, grade the bottom of the excavated area. If the natural soil is granular or sandy, we recommend that you compact the soil with a vibrating plate. If the soil is clay‑like, change the soil with a blend of lime and crushed stone prior to compaction. Next, cover it with a layer of geotextile fabric to prevent the contamination of the base (clay and 0-3⁄4" [0-20 mm] crushed stone). Refer to the table "Thickness of the Granular Foundation" (on next page) to find the minimum thickness of foundation required.
02 FOUNDATION A. Install a 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) crushed stone base, in 4" (100 mm) lifts with a minimum 5,000 lbf (22 kN) vibrating plate compactor. B. To facilitate compacting, wet the base material thoroughly and compact with a vibrating plate proceeding in all directions Continue this process until you have achieved the desired height. At this stage, you can verify the final height with the help of a paver. C. Base tolerance ±3⁄8" (10 mm) for every 10' (3-m) increment.
03 THE SETTING BED A. On the compacted crushed base, install two pipes with an outside diameter of 1" (25 mm). Grade the concrete sand with the help of a straight edge (or Quick-E leveler). If the base is not properly graded and smooth, imperfections will be evident in the finishing grade of the pavement. B. Bedding sand should not be compacted until all paving stones have been laid down. Passing the vibrating plate over the paving stones causes them to settle approximately 3⁄8" (10 mm) into the bedding sand.
04 INSTALLATION OF PAVING STONES A. Once the choice of paving stones and the design have been finalized, we recommended that you start installing the pavers at a 90-degree angle. To do so, proceed as follows: measure a first horizontal line of 3' (1-m) and a second line of 4' (1.2 m) perpendicular to the first. Connect a third straight line of 5' (1.5 m) which will form a triangle. The result will be a perfect 90-degree angle. While installing the paving stones, walk on the installed pavers, and fill in gaps caused by the pipes with concrete sand. B. It is always recommended that you use more than two cubes at a time in order to maximize the color blend. Furthermore, you should proceed with the cubes from top to bottom. C. You may use a chalk line to mark the stones to be cut along the borders, using a guillotine or a concrete saw. When cutting paving stones, we recommend that you wear protective ear and eyewear. D. Once you finish installing the paving stones, you can then install Tundra, Avignon, Belgik or Pietra curbstone on the granular base. To keep curbs in place, add mortar along the back to form a 45-degree angle between the ground and the curbstone or, when available, using the plastic retention system. In a vehicular traffic application, the mortar must be reinforced using steel rods.
techo-bloc.com
05 FILLING IN JOINTS
50
A. Spread out the polymer stabilizer sand on the paving stones and sweep in between joints in all directions. B. Pass a vibrating plate in all directions to allow sand to penetrate between the joints. C. Sweep once more and remove excess sand. Follow the instructions exactly as indicated on the polymer stabilizer sand packaging.
Installation guide
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT VIBRATING PLATE ALERT! Avoid scuffs on paver surfaces.Pavers with embossed surfaces (high and low points) are more susceptible to scuff marks from plate compactors. Techo‑Bloc recommends the use of urethane mats between the plate and the paver surface when compacting. Techo-Bloc will not be held responsible for compaction scuffs or burns on pavers.
THICKNESS OF THE GRANULAR FOUNDATION1 TYPE OF EXISTING SOIL
RESIDENTIAL PROJECTS
Clayey or Silty
Sandy or Gravelly
2
300 to 500 mm (12" to 20")
200 to 350 mm (8" to 14")
Patios and Walkways
250 to 350 mm (10" to 14")
150 to 200 mm (6" to 8")
PAVERS
Driveways
1. Data shown in this chart are provided as guidelines only. The range of values suggested depends particularly on existing soil conditions. The thicker the granular foundation, the greater the increase in stability of the whole structure. 2. In the case of unstable soils or ones particularly affected by the freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker foundation may be necessary. For soils with these conditions or for commercial, industrial, or institutional works, a geotechnical professional should be consulted.
QUANTITY CHART FOR JOINTS FILLING Approximate surface coverage per 50 lbs (22.7 kg) polymeric sand bag. sq. ft
sq. m
Allegro
38
3.5
Antika
21
2
PRODUCTS Valet Victorien 60 mm
sq. ft
sq. m
24.1
2.2
97.06
9.02
Blu 80 mm
76.5
7.11
Victorien 80 mm
72.79
6.76
Blu 80 mm (6"×13")
31.97
2.97
Villagio
18.50
1.72
Eva
143.56
13.34
66
6.13
Flagstone Industria 200 series - 200×200
41.03
3.81
Industria 200 series - 200×400
54.57
5.07
Industria 300 series - 300×100
30.77
2.86
Industria 300 series - 300×200
41
3.81
Industria 300 series - 300×300
61.39
5.70
Industria 600 series - 600×100
35.06
3.26
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH PLASTIC EDGE
Industria 600 series - 600×200
61.32
5.70
Industria 600 series - 600×300
81.72
7.59
Industria 600 series - 600×600
122.48
11.38
Linea and San Marino small rectangles
31.47
2.92
Linea and San Marino large rectangles
42.33
3.93
Mista random
50.4
4.69
Mista square
65.6
6.10
Mista Grande
25.67
2.38
Parisien square
100.64
9.35
D. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS
Parisien rectangle
120.55
11.20
E. LAWN
Parisien circle
49.25
4.58
F. PLASTIC EDGE
76.5
7.1
Sleek
A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm)
G. NAIL H. GEOTEXTILE I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. SUBGRADE
techo-bloc.com
PRODUCTS
51
Allegro DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Undulated and aged
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
129.80 ft
12.06 m2
Weight
3 573 lbs
1 621 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
11.80 ft2
1.10 m2
Linear coverage per row
26.64 lin. ft
8.12 lin. m
H
PATENT
L
2,214,295
The Allegro paver allows for gentle curves and winding pathways eliminating the need for cuts.
Metric 2
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height
NOTES
Depth Length
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
C
Height Depth Length
D
Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 8 5 16
2 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 4 11⁄16
60 135 119
99 units
2 3⁄8 5 5⁄16 6 11⁄16
60 135 170
88 units
2 3⁄8 5 5⁄16 7 13⁄16
60 135 198
154 units
2 3⁄8 5 5⁄16 9 3⁄8
60 135 238
132 units
01 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
52
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
Antika DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth and aged PALLET OVERVIEW*
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
87 ft
8.10 m2
Weight
2 183 lbs
990 kg
Number of rows
9
Coverage per row
9.67 ft2
2
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
The Antika paver is perfect as a filler in a circle, around a fan design or on a winding pathway. Antika can also be used as a mosaic frame around any design.
B
Height Depth Length
0.90 m2 in
mm
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
PAVERS
Specifications per pallet
NOTES See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
C
Height Depth Length
D
Height
*Pallet layout may vary.
Depth Length
E
01 | Random pattern
Height Depth Length
F
Height Depth Length
G
Height Depth Length
onyx black
chocolate brown
sandlewood
shale grey
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
53
Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
84.96 ft
7.90 m2
Weight
3 167 lbs
1 437 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.75 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
NOTES
Height Depth
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 8
3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
80 330 165
32 units
3 1⁄8 13 13
80 330 330
32 units
3 1⁄8 13 19 1⁄2
80 330 495
16 units
03 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
54
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
84.96 ft
7.90 m2
Weight
3 152 lbs
1 430 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.75 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES
B
Height Depth
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
PAVERS
H L
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 8
3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
80 330 165
32 units
3 1⁄8 13 13
80 330 330
32 units
3 1⁄8 13 19 1⁄2
80 330 495
16 units
03 | Linear pattern
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
55
Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW
PAVERS
Polished
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
84.96 ft
7.90 m2
Weight
3 042 lbs
1 380 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.75 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
H L
Metric 2
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 16
3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
78 330 165
32 units
3 1⁄16 13 13
78 330 330
32 units
3 1⁄16 13 19 1⁄2
78 330 495
16 units
NOTES
B
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
Height Depth
When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
03 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
56
greyed nickel
beige cream
shale grey
chestnut brown
onyx black
Blu 80 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Galaxy PALLET OVERVIEW
Galaxy
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
84.96 ft
7.90 m2
Weight
3 010 lbs
1 365 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
9.75 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
PAVERS
H L
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 8
3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
80 330 165
32 units
3 1⁄8 13 13
80 330 330
32 units
3 1⁄8 13 19 1⁄2
80 330 495
16 units
NOTES See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
03 | Linear pattern
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
57
Blu 80 mm (6"×13") DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth & Slate
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
84.40 ft
7.84 m2
Weight
3 133 lbs
1 421 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.55 ft2
0.98 m2
19.49 lin. ft
5.94 lin. m
9.74 lin. ft
2.97 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
Depth Length
Unit dimensions
A
H L
Metric 2
D
Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 ⁄ 13 6 1⁄2
80 330 165
144 units
1 8
NOTES See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
03 | Herringbone pattern
04 | Parquet pattern
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
SMOOTH shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
beige cream
onyx black
chocolate brown
mojave beige
onyx black
chocolate brown
techo-bloc.com
SLATE
58
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
sandlewood
harvest gold
Eva DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
132.48 ft
12.31 m2
Weight
3 800 lbs
1 724 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
12.04 ft2
1.12 m2
Linear coverage per row
16.46 lin. ft
5.02 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES
B
Height
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
PAVERS
H L
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 8 3 4
2 ⁄ 8 ⁄ 4 3⁄8
60 223 112
132 units
2 3⁄8 8 3⁄4 8 3⁄4
60 223 223
99 units
2 3⁄8 8 3⁄4 13 3⁄16
60 223 335
55 units
02 | Linear pattern
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
59
Flagstone DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
81.60 ft
7.58 m2
Weight
3 020 lbs
1 370 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.20 ft2
H L
Metric 2
D
A-E
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
0.95 m2 in
mm
Units /pallet
3 1⁄8 16 3⁄16 23 11⁄16
80 411 602
40 units
3 1⁄8 16 3⁄16 11 7⁄8
80 411 301
8 units
3 1⁄8 13 15⁄16 11 7⁄8
80 354 301
8 units
The Flagstone paving stone can easily adorn the interior of a circle.
F
NOTES
Height Depth Length
When the half units are placed together they form a regular size unit. See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
G
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
60
sandlewood
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
Industria 200 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex
Specifications per pallet 200×200
PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×200
5.60 m2
Weight
2 848 lbs
1 292 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
8.61 ft2
0.80 m2
Linear coverage per row
13.12 lin. ft
4 lin. m
D
2
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
200×400
Specifications per pallet
Units /pallet
3 ⁄ 7 ⁄ 7 7⁄8
100 200 200
140 units
Imperial
Metric
5.60 m2
Weight
2 848 lbs
1 292 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
8.61 ft2
0.80 m2
Depth
6.56 lin. ft
2 lin. m
Length
13.12 lin. ft
4 lin. m
H L
mm
60.28 ft
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. All 200 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
in 15 16 7 8
Cubing
2
Linear coverage per row
NOTES
PAVERS
60.28 ft
H
200×400 200×200
Metric
Cubing
PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×400 L
Imperial
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
3 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 15 3⁄4
100 200 400
Units /pallet
70 units
NEW
onyx black
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
100% 200×200
100% 200×400
techo-bloc.com
shale grey
beige creme
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
61
Industria 200 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished
Specifications per pallet
PAVERS
200×200
PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×200
60.28 ft
5.60 m2
Weight
2 848 lbs
1 292 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
8.61 ft2
0.80 m2
Linear coverage per row
13.12 lin. ft
4 lin. m
H D
2
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
200×400
Specifications per pallet
200×400 200×200
Units /pallet
3 ⁄ 7 ⁄ 7 7⁄8
98 200 200
140 units
Imperial
Metric
5.60 m2
Weight
2 848 lbs
1 292 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
8.61 ft2
0.80 m2
Depth
6.56 lin. ft
2 lin. m
Length
13.12 lin. ft
4 lin. m
H L
mm
7 8 7 8
60.28 ft
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. All 200 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
in
Cubing
2
Linear coverage per row
NOTES
Metric
Cubing
PALLET OVERVIEW - 200×400 L
Imperial
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
3 7⁄8 7 7⁄8 15 3⁄4
98 200 400
Units /pallet
70 units
NEW
techo-bloc.com
shale grey
62
onyx black
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern
100% 200×200
100% 200×400
beige cream
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
Industria 300 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex
Cubing
45.21 ft
4.20 m2
Weight
2 145 lbs
973 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
6.46 ft2/row
0.60 m2
Depth
19.69 lin. ft
6 lin. m
Length
6.56 lin. ft
2 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet 300×150
PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×300
shale grey
6.62 m2
Weight
3 357 lbs
1 523 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
10.17 ft2/row
0.95 m2
Depth
20.67 lin. ft
6.30 lin. m
Length
10.33 lin. ft
3.15 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
300×300
Specifications per pallet
147 units
Metric
7.56 m2
Weight
3 832 lbs
1 738 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
11.63 ft2
1.08 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.81 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
D
2
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
beige creme
Units /pallet
Imperial
Depth
greyed nickel
mm
100 300 150
81.38 ft
H
onyx black
in
3 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 5 7⁄8
Cubing
chestnut brown L
140 units
71.20 ft2
Depth
NEW
Units /pallet
Cubing
NOTES
All 300 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
mm
100 300 100 Metric
H
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
in
3 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 3 15⁄16
Imperial
Linear coverage per row
L
Metric 2
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×150
Imperial
in
mm
3 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
100 300 300
Units /pallet
84 units
techo-bloc.com
Specifications per pallet 300×100
PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×100
63
Industria 300 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished
Specifications per pallet
PAVERS
300×100
PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×100
PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×150
Cubing
45.21 ft
4.20 m2
Weight
2 145 lbs
973 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
6.46 ft2
0.60 m2
Depth
19.69 lin. ft
6 lin. m
Length
6.56 lin. ft
2 lin. m
H D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet 300×150
PALLET OVERVIEW - 300×300
shale grey
3 357 lbs
1 523 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
10.17 ft2
0.95 m2
Depth
20.67 lin. ft
6.30 lin. m
Length
10.33 lin. ft
3.15 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height
300×300
Specifications per pallet
techo-bloc.com
Units /pallet
98 300 150
147 units
Cubing
81.38 ft2
7.56 m2
Weight
3 832 lbs
1 738 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
11.63 ft2
1.08 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.81 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
64
mm
Metric
Depth
beige cream
in
3 7⁄8 11 13⁄16 5 7⁄8
Imperial
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
140 units
Weight
H
onyx black
98 300 100
6.62 m2
Length
L
3 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 3 15⁄16
71.20 ft2
Depth
NEW
Units /pallet
Cubing
NOTES
All 300 series items are on order only. A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
mm
7 8 13 16
Metric
H
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
in
Imperial
Linear coverage per row
L
Metric 2
Linear coverage per row
L
Imperial
in
mm
3 7⁄8 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
98 300 300
Units /pallet
84 units
Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex
45.21 ft
4.20 m2
Weight
2 145 lbs
973 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
6.46 ft2
0.60 m2
Depth
19.69 lin. ft
6 lin. m
Length
3.28 lin. ft
1 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height
PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×300
Depth Length
600×200
Specifications per pallet
600×100 600×300 600×200
NOTES
Imperial
2 145 lbs
973 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
6.46 ft2
0.60 m2
Depth
9.84 lin. ft
3 lin. m
Length
3.28 lin. ft
1 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
600×300
beige creme
Units /pallet
35 units
Cubing
54.25 ft2
5.04 m2
Weight
2 567 lbs
1 164 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Depth
7.87 lin. ft
2.40 lin. m
Length
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
greyed nickel
mm
100 600 200
Metric
H
onyx black
in
3 15⁄16 23 5⁄8 7 7⁄8
Imperial
Linear coverage per row
L
Metric
Weight
Depth
chestnut brown
70 units
4.20 m2
Specifications per pallet
shale grey
Units /pallet
45.21 ft
H
NEW
mm
100 600 100
Cubing
Linear coverage per row
L
in
3 15⁄16 23 5⁄8 3 15⁄16
2
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
Metric 2
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×200
Imperial
Cubing
Length
in
mm
3 15⁄16 23 5⁄8 11 13⁄16
100 600 300
Units /pallet
28 units techo-bloc.com
Specifications per pallet 600×100
PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×100
65
Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Polished
Specifications per pallet
PAVERS
600×100
PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×100
PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×200
Cubing
45.21 ft
4.20 m2
Weight
2 145 lbs
973 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
6.46 ft2
0.60 m2
Depth
19.69 lin. ft
6 lin. m
Length
3.28 lin. ft
1 lin. m
H D
A
Unit dimensions Height
PALLET OVERVIEW - 600×300
Depth Length
600×200
Specifications per pallet
600×100 600×300 600×200
NOTES
Weight
2 145 lbs
973 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
6.46 ft2
0.60 m2
Depth
9.84 lin. ft
3 lin. m
Length
3.28 lin. ft
1 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
600×300 techo-bloc.com
66
beige cream
98 600 200
Units /pallet
35 units
Cubing
54.25 ft2
5.04 m2
Weight
2 567 lbs
1 164 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Depth
7.87 lin. ft
2.40 lin. m
Length
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
greyed nickel
mm
Metric
H
onyx black
in
3 7⁄8 23 5⁄8 7 7⁄8
Imperial
Linear coverage per row
L
70 units
4.20 m2
Depth
chestnut brown
Units /pallet
45.21 ft2
Specifications per pallet
shale grey
98 600 100
Cubing
H
NEW
mm
Metric
Linear coverage per row
L
in
3 7⁄8 23 5⁄8 3 15⁄16
Imperial
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
Metric 2
Linear coverage per row
L
Imperial
Length
in
mm
3 7⁄8 23 5⁄8 11 13⁄16
98 600 300
Units /pallet
28 units
Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver and Slab TEXTURE : Smooth or Granitex PALLET OVERVIEW 100×600×600 PAVER
PALLET OVERVIEW 60×600×600 SLAB
Cubing
54.25 ft
5.04 m2
Weight
2 551 lbs
1 157 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Linear coverage per row
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet
PAVER
NOTES 100×600×600 PAVER: See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
60×600×600 SLAB:
SLAB 60×600×600
SLAB
See page 21 to page 25 for more technical information. All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
in
mm
3 ⁄ 23 ⁄ 23 5⁄8
100 600 600
15 16 5 8
Imperial
Units /pallet
14 units
Metric
Cubing
54.25 ft
5.04 m2
Weight
1 555 lbs
705 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Linear coverage per row
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
H L
Metric 2
H L
Imperial
D
2
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
PAVERS
PAVER 100×600×600
Specifications per pallet
in
mm
2 3⁄8 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8
60 600 600
Units /pallet
14 units
NEW
shale grey
chestnut brown
01 | Linear pattern
onyx black
greyed nickel
02 | Linear pattern 100% - 600x600
techo-bloc.com
50% 600×300 | 50% 600×300
beige creme
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
67
Industria 600 Series DESCRIPTION : Paver and Slab TEXTURE : Polished
Specifications per pallet PAVER 100×600×600
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW 100×600×600 PAVER
PALLET OVERVIEW 60×600×600 SLAB
Cubing
54.25 ft
5.04 m2
Weight
2 551 lbs
1 157 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Linear coverage per row
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet
PAVER
NOTES 100×600×600 PAVER: See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
60×600×600 SLAB:
SLAB 60×600×600
SLAB
See page 21 to page 25 for more technical information. All 600 series items are on order only except for the following: 600x100 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black 600x300 in Greyed Nickel & Onyx Black A minimum of 2500 ft² is required to place an order.
in
mm
3 ⁄ 23 ⁄ 23 5⁄8
98 600 600
7 8 5 8
Imperial
Units /pallet
14 units
Metric
Cubing
54.25 ft
5.04 m2
Weight
1 555 lbs
705 kg
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Linear coverage per row
3.94 lin. ft
1.20 lin. m
H L
Metric 2
H L
Imperial
D
2
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
2 5⁄16 23 5⁄8 23 5⁄8
58 600 600
Units /pallet
14 units
NEW
shale grey
chestnut brown
01 | Linear pattern techo-bloc.com
50% 600×300 | 50% 600×300
68
onyx black
greyed nickel
02 | Linear pattern 100% - 600x600
beige cream
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
Linea Small rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET
Cubing
Metric
80.81 ft
7.51 m2
2
*HALF-PALLET 46.18 ft2 FULL PALLET
Weight
4.29 m2
3 629 lbs
1 646 kg
Number of rows
FULL PALLET
PAVERS
*HALF-PALLET 2 152 lbs
976 kg
7
*HALF-PALLET 4 Coverage per row
11.54 ft2
1.07 m2
Linear coverage per row
35.25 lin. ft
10.74 lin. m
H L
NOTES
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 8 7⁄8
100 100 225
77 units
3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 12 13⁄16
100 100 325
77 units
3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 16 3⁄4
100 100 425
77 units
02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern
48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
69
Linea Large rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET
Cubing
Metric
77.14 ft
7.17 m2
2
*HALF-PALLET 44.08 ft2 FULL PALLET
PAVERS
Weight
4.10 m2
3 629 lbs
1 646 kg
*HALF-PALLET 2 095 lbs Number of rows
FULL PALLET
950 kg
7
*HALF-PALLET 4 Coverage per row
11.02 ft2
1.02 m2
Linear coverage per row
22.40 lin. ft
6.83 lin. m
NOTES
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
Length
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern
48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
70
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 8 7⁄8
100 150 225
49 units
3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 12 13⁄16
100 150 325
49 units
3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 16 3⁄4
100 150 425
49 units
Mista Grande DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Multi-textured PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
93.04 ft
8.65 m2
Weight
3 427 lbs
1 554 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
11.63 ft2
1.08 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.80 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
PAVERS
H L
Metric 2
in
mm
1 8 13 16
Units /pallet
3 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 5 7⁄8
80 300 150
32 units
3 1⁄8 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
80 300 300
32 units
3 1⁄8 11 13⁄16 17 11⁄16
80 300 450
32 units
02 | Linear pattern
shale grey
champlain grey
onyx black
harvest gold
chestnut brown
chocolate brown
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
71
Mista Random DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Multi-textured
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
116.20 ft
10.80 m2
Weight
3 450 lbs
1 565 kg
Number of rows
10
Coverage per row
11.62 ft2
1.08 m2
Linear coverage per row
17.71 lin. ft
5.40 lin. m
Void space
6.3 %
Joint Depth
3 16
H L
Permeable pavers allow for storm water drainage and manage excess runoff. The use of permeable pavers also facilitates LEED® certification easier to obtain.
NOTES
D
⁄ " to 9⁄16"
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height Depth Length
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
100% Mista random
100% Mista random
Metric 2
C
Height Depth Length
03 | Modular pattern 85% Mista random | 15% Mista square
4 to 14 mm in
mm
2 9⁄16 7 7⁄8 3 15⁄16
65 200 100
80 units
2 9⁄16 7 7⁄8 7 7⁄8
65 200 200
100 units
2 9⁄16 7 7⁄8 11 13⁄16
65 200 300
90 units
04 | Linear pattern 100% Mista random
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
72
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
Units /pallet
Mista Square DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Multi-textured PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
116.20 ft
10.80 m2
Weight
3 450 lbs
1 565 kg
Number of rows
10
Coverage per row
11.62 ft2
1.08 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.81 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 11 13⁄16
65 300 300
120 units
9 16 13 16
PAVERS
H L
Metric 2
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern Checkerboard 45°
02 | Linear pattern
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
73
Parisien Square and rectangle DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth and beveled PALLET OVERVIEW SQUARE
PAVERS
SQUARE
Specifications per pallet
124.20 ft
11.54 m2
Weight
3 526 lbs
1 599 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
11.29 ft2
1.05 m2
Linear coverage per row
21.88 lin. ft
6.67 lin. m
D
L
2
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
RECTANGLE
Specifications per pallet
techo-bloc.com
74
shale grey Square Rectangle
champlain grey Square Rectangle
3 824 lbs
1 735 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
12.20 ft2
1.13 m2
Depth
15.60 lin. ft
4.75 lin. m
Length
23.45 lin. ft
7.15 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
03 | Herringbone pattern
Rectangle
462 units
Weight
H
onyx black
60 158 158
12.47 m2
04 | Modified Herringbone pattern 75% rectangle | 25% square
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
sandlewood Square Rectangle
2 ⁄ 6 ⁄ 6 1⁄4
134.20 ft2
L
100% rectangle
Units /pallet
Cubing
Length
Checkerboard 45º | 100% 02 | Linear pattern square 100% square
mm
3 8 1 4
Metric
NOTES
01 | Linear pattern
in
Imperial
Linear coverage per row
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
Metric
Cubing
H
PALLET OVERVIEW RECTANGLE
Imperial
chestnut brown Square Rectangle
chocolate brown Rectangle
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 6 1⁄4 9 3⁄8
60 158 238
330 units
Parisien Circle DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth and beveled
CIRCLE
Specifications per pallet
4.70 m2
Weight
1 534 lbs
696 kg
Number of rows
6
Coverage per row
8.45 ft2
0.79 m2
Circle diameter
7' 11"
2.41 m
D
2
A
HALF OCTAGON
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
Length
Height Depth Length
C SMALL RADIUS
Height
E
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
autumn red
Depth Length
RECTANGLE
Height Depth Length
Height
RADIUS
D
Height Depth
SMALL RECTANGLE
B
Unit dimensions
Depth Length
chestnut brown
PAVERS
50.70 ft
L
One pallet creates one full or two halfcircles.
Metric
Cubing
H
NOTES
Imperial
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 8
2 ⁄ -
60 -
6 units
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
6 units
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
138 units
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
84 units
2 3⁄8 -
60 -
18 units
techo-bloc.com
PALLET OVERVIEW
75
Installation guide
PARISIEN CIRCLE - LAYING PATTERN 7’-10 ½’’ (2.40 M) DIAMETER CIRCLE Each Parisien Circle pallet comes with a surplus of materials. There are enough pavers in each pallet for 1 full circle of 7’-10 ½’’ in diameter. To get a complete circle, be sure to follow the laying order illustrated. In each ring, the repetitive sequence pattern is shown in grey color. When there is break in the repetitiveness of the sequence, the specific stone is identified with a letter on a white background.
PAVERS
RING
ft
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
SURFACE AREA
UNITS
m
ft
m
A
2
2
B
C
D
E
1
0'-6 ⁄16"
0.16
0.22
0.02
2
-
-
-
-
2
1'-6 7⁄8"
0.48
1.95
0.18
-
-
-
-
8
3
2'-7 1⁄2"
0.80
5.41
0.50
-
-
-
8
8
4
3'-8 1⁄8"
1.12
10.60
0.99
-
-
26
-
-
5
5
4'-8 ⁄16"
1.44
17.53
1.63
-
5
28
3
-
6
5'-9 5⁄16"
1.76
26.19
2.43
-
1
28
14
-
7
6'-9 ⁄8"
2.08
36.57
3.40
-
-
28
23
-
8
7'-10 1⁄2"
2.40
48.69
4.52
-
-
25
34
-
2
6
135
82
16
TOTAL
76
DIAMETER
11
7
Installation guide
PARISIEN CIRCLE - LAYING PATTERN 13’-1 ½’’ (4.00 M) DIAMETER CIRCLE The Parisien Circle can be extended up to 13’-1 ½’’ (4.00 m) diameter by using (note that there will be a surplus of materials):
• • •
2 pallets of Parisien Circle 1 row of a pallet of Parisien Square 3 rows of a pallet of Parisien Rectangle PAVERS
To get a complete circle, be sure to follow the laying order illustrated. In each ring, the repetitive sequence pattern is shown in grey color. When there is break in the repetitiveness of the sequence, the specific stone is identified with a letter on a white background.
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
DIAMETER ft
SURFACE AREA
UNITS
m
ft2
m2
A
B
C
D
E
SQ
RC
1
0'-6 ⁄16"
0.16
0.22
0.02
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1'-6 7⁄8"
0.48
1.95
0.18
-
-
-
-
8
-
-
3
2'-7 ⁄2"
0.80
5.41
0.50
-
-
-
8
8
-
-
4
3'-8 ⁄8"
1.12
10.60
0.99
-
-
26
-
-
-
-
5
4'-8 11⁄16"
1.44
17.53
1.63
-
5
28
3
-
-
-
6
5'-9 5⁄16"
1.76
26.19
2.43
-
1
28
14
-
-
-
7
6'-9 7⁄8"
2.08
36.57
3.40
-
-
28
23
-
-
-
5
1
1
8
7'-10 ⁄2"
2.40
48.69
4.52
-
-
25
34
-
-
-
9
8'-11 1⁄16"
2.72
62.54
5.81
-
1
17
25
-
18
-
10
9'-11 11⁄16"
3.04
78.13
7.26
-
-
25
1
-
2
24
11
11'-0 5⁄16"
3.36
95.44
8.87
-
2
28
15
-
1
20
12
12'-0 7⁄8"
3.68
114.48
10.64
-
2
20
11
-
-
30
13
13'-1 1⁄2"
4.00
135.26
12.57
-
1
42
29
-
-
15
2
12
267
163
16
21
89
TOTAL
1
techo-bloc.com
RING
77
San Marino Small rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET
Cubing
Metric
80.81 ft
7.51 m2
2
*HALF-PALLET 46.18 ft2 FULL PALLET
PAVERS
Weight
4.29 m2
3 727 lbs
1 600 kg
*HALF-PALLET 2 050 lbs Number of rows
FULL PALLET
930 kg
7
*HALF-PALLET 4 Coverage per row
11.54 ft2
1.07 m2
Linear coverage per row
35.25 lin. ft
10.74 lin. m
H L
NOTES
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern
48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
78
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 8 7⁄8
100 100 225
77 units
3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 12 13⁄16
100 100 325
77 units
3 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 16 3⁄4
100 100 425
77 units
San Marino Large rectangles DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET
Cubing
Metric
77.14 ft
7.17 m2
2
*HALF-PALLET 44.08 ft2 FULL PALLET
Weight
4.10 m2
3 527 lbs
1 600 kg
Number of rows
FULL PALLET
PAVERS
*HALF-PALLET 2 050 lbs
930 kg
7
*HALF-PALLET 4 Coverage per row
11.02 ft2
1.02 m2
Linear coverage per row
22.40 lin. ft
6.83 lin. m
H
NOTES
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
Length
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 8 7⁄8
100 150 225
49 units
3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 12 13⁄16
100 150 325
49 units
3 15⁄16 5 7⁄8 16 3⁄4
100 150 425
49 units
02 | Linear pattern 01 | Linear pattern
48% small rectangles | 52% large rectangles
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
79
NEW
Sleek DESCRIPTION : paver TEXTURE : Hyper Smooth
PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
ICI
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
86.60 ft
8.05 m2
Weight
3 611 lbs
1 638 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
10.82 ft2
1.01 m2
8.04 ft/row
2.45 m/row
4.04 ft/row
1.23 m/row
Residential H
NOTES
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
techo-bloc.com
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
80
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
Length
onyx black
Metric 2
beige cream
greyed nickel
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 16 3⁄16 32 3⁄16
90 410 817
24 units
NEW
Valet DESCRIPTION : paver TEXTURE : Basalt PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
2
92.31 ft
8.58 m2
Weight
2 577 lbs
1 169 kg
Number of rows
9
Coverage per row
10.26 ft2
0.95 m2
Linear coverage per row
18.95 lin. ft
5.78 lin. m
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
NOTES
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 6 ⁄ 6 1⁄2
60 165 165
315 units
3 8 1 2
PAVERS
H
Metric
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
onyx black
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
81
Victorien 60 mm DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
PAVERS
60 mm
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
123.70 ft
11.50 m2
Weight
3 481 lbs
1 579 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
11.25 ft2
1.05 m2
Depth
15.87 lin. ft
4.84 lin. m
Length
31.74 lin. ft
9.68 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 4 ⁄ 8 1⁄2
60 108 216
495 units 4 units/ft2 43.10 units/m2
3 8 1 4
NOTES See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Parquet pattern
03 | Herringbone pattern
04 | Modified Herringbone
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
82
sandlewood
grey
shale grey
red and black
Metric 2
mojave beige
onyx black
chocolate brown
Villagio DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Beveled PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET
Cubing
Imperial
Metric
117 ft
10.88 m2
2
*HALF-PALLET 53.18 ft2 FULL PALLET
Weight
4.94 m2
2 935 lbs
1 331 kg
Number of rows
FULL PALLET
PAVERS
*HALF-PALLET 1 390 lbs
630 kg
11
*HALF-PALLET 5
The Villagio paver allows for gentle curves and winding pathways, eliminating the need for cuts.
Coverage per row
10.64 ft2
0.99 m2
Linear coverage per row
24.94 lin. ft
7.61 lin. m
Void space
8.0 %
Joint Depth
3 8
NOTES
H L
D
⁄ " to 9⁄16"
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
* Colors only available in half-pallets.
Length
9 to 15 mm
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 8 1 8
2 ⁄ 5 ⁄ 5 1⁄8
60 130 130
77 units
2 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 6 5⁄16
60 130 160
77 units
2 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 7 5⁄16
60 130 185
154 units
2 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 8 7⁄16
60 130 215
154 units
See page 48 to page 51 for more technical information. When used in a permeable pavement application, see page 85 to 91 for more technical information. 01 | Linear pattern
02 | Modified Herringbone pattern
B
Height Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
D
Height Depth
03 | Modified Herringbone pattern
Length
04 | Modified Herringbone pattern
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
onyx black*
chocolate brown*
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
83
84
techo-bloc.com
PAVERS
PERMEABLE PAVERS DRIVEWAYS, PERMEABLE DRIVEWAYS & PATIOS
CHARACTERISTICS
CSA A231.2
TECHO-BLOC
Compressive strength
50 MPa [7200 psi] min.
50 MPa [7200 psi] min.
Absorption
-
5 % max.
Freeze-thaw durability with use of de-icing salt
Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m2 at 28 cycles 500 g/m2 at 49 cycles
Mass loss (max.): 225 g/m2 at 28 cycles 500 g/m2 at 49 cycles
Dimensional tolerance
Length and Width: -1.0 mm [0.039 in.] to +2.0 mm [0.079 in.] Thickness: ±3.0 mm [0.118 in.]
Length and Width: -1.0 mm [0.039 in.] to +2.0 mm [0.079 in.] Thickness: ±3.0 mm [0.118 in.]
Notes : Dimensional tolerances prior to the application of architectural finishes.
techo-bloc.com
PHYSICAL AND GEOMETRICAL CHARACTERISTICS - PAVERS
85
Installation guide TYPICAL APPLICATION USAGE
SECTOR
TRAFFIC TYPE & APPLICATIONS
PERMEABLE PAVERS
- Antika
PERMEABLE PAVERS
- Blu 80 mm 1. Light traffic
- Inflo
Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. residential driveways)
- Mista Random - Pure - Valet - Victorien 60 mm permeable - Villagio
RESIDENTIAL - Antika - Blu 80 mm - Blu 60 mm 2. Pedestrian Pedestrian only and at all times (ex. patios)
- Inflo - Mista Random - Pure - Valet - Victorien 60 mm permeable - Villagio
3. Road traffic Cars, heavy trucks, buses (ex. boulevards, main or secondary streets, pedestrian crossings, industrial, ports and airport areas)
ICI (Industrial, Commercial and Institutional)
- Inflo
4. Light traffic Cars and occasional light service trucks (ex. parking lots, sidewalks)
- Inflo - Pure
techo-bloc.com
5. Pedestrian
86
Pedestrian only and at all times, without cars, or trucks or other mobile equipment (ex. terraces, parks, pedestrian walkways)
- Inflo - Pure
Installation guide INFILTRATION CHART
PERCENT OF SURFACE OPENING (%)
PERMEABLE PAVERS ANTIKA 2
993 in./hr (25 227 mm/hr)
⁄ " (7 mm)
570 in./hr (14 475 mm/hr)
3.0
9 32
INFLO1
5.8
1 2
MISTA random1
6.3
PURE 2
5.0
3 8
VALET
5.9
9 32
9.6
3 8
1
VILLAGIO1
PERMEABLE SLAB
⁄ " (13 mm)
837 in./hr (21 267 mm/hr)
⁄ " (4 mm) to 9⁄16" (14 mm)
610 in./hr (15 505 mm/hr)
⁄ " (10 mm)
726 in./hr (18 440 mm/hr)
⁄ " (7 mm)
to come
3 16
8.0
⁄ " (10 mm)
909 in./hr (23 085 mm/hr)
⁄ " (9 mm) to 9⁄16" (15 mm)
896 in./hr (22 750 mm/hr)
JOINT WIDTH (mm)
INFILTRATION RATE1 (mm/h)
⁄ " (7 mm)
570 in./hr (14 475 mm/hr)
3 8
PERCENT OF SURFACE OPENING (%)
BLU 60 mm2 2
Variable
Variable 2
VICTORIEN 60 mm permeable
1
INFILTRATION RATE1 (mm/h)
3.0
9 32
PERMEABLE PAVERS
BLU 80 mm
JOINT WIDTH (mm)
Measurements were taken at various sites in conformity to the standard ASTM C 1701-09. Measurements were taken at various sites in conformity to the standard ASTM C 1781.
Blu 60 mm SLAB
Antika PAVER
Blu 80 mm PAVER
Mista Random PAVER
Valet PAVER
(page 28 to 33)
(page 53)
(page 54 to 58)
(page 72)
(page 81)
Villagio PAVER (page 83)
techo-bloc.com
OTHER PERMEABLE POSSIBILITIES
87
Installation guide
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT INSTALLATION OUTLINE 01 DATA COLLECTION A. Determine the size, shape, and intended use of finished areas (i.e. residential driveway, secondary commercial parking, etc.). B. Classify sub-grade soils.
PERMEABLE PAVERS
C. Document all existing conditions (i.e. fixed points, existing grades, site contours, etc.). D. Document soil type, location, and elevation of below grade and overhead utilities both public and private. E. Ensure public utilities are marked through the use of a locating service. F. Determine the cross section design of the system based on soil type and application, showing proposed subgrade and finished grade elevations and all geotextiles and drainage pipes needed for the construction. G. Establish the type, location, and elevation of relief structures if required (i.e. overflow pipe discharging to rain garden, etc.). H. Determine the curb or edge restraint type, elevation, and location. I. Choose a pattern appropriate to the application (traffic type and load).
02 EXCAVATION A. Before digging, contact the concerned companies if wires or pipes are located in the area to be excavated. B. Excavation depth is determined from the foundation thickness according to the project specifications (foundation thickness is determined by a qualified engineer based on structural and hydrological analyses). C. Although the slope of the sub-grade will depend on the drainage design and infiltration type, a minimum slope of 0.5% (1⁄16" per ft, or 5 mm per meter) is recommended. D. The distance that the excavated area should extend beyond the area to be paved should be one to 1.5 times the thickness of the foundation. This extra space will ensure the stability of the pavers near the edge and the edge restraints. E. Level the bottom of the excavated area with a rake. Compaction will reduce the permeability of the sub-grade and it should be executed according to the project specifications. If compaction is not specified, care should be taken to maintain undisturbed soil infiltration during excavation and construction. Stabilization of the sub-grade may be required with weak, continually saturated soils, or when subject to high traffic conditions. If the compaction or stabilization of sub-grade is necessary, reduced infiltration may require drainage pipes within the sub-base to conform to storm water drainage requirements.
03 GEOTEXTILE, IMPERMEABLE LINERS, AND DRAIN PIPES A. Use the geotextile specified and install it according to project specifications. The use of a woven geotextile with bi-axel strength that meets design criteria is recommended. B. Place the geotextile on the bottom and sides of the soil sub-grade. Eliminate wrinkles in the geotextile and ensure it is not damaged during construction. C. Overlap of geotextile should be a minimum of 2' (600 mm) in the direction of drainage. Overlapping should be “shingle” style with respect to any slope direction and base stone distribution direction. Keep properly tensioned, eliminate wrinkles, and avoid damaging fabric (no spikes).
techo-bloc.com
D. If impermeable liners are required, install them according to project specifications and manufacturer’s instructions. Impermeable liners are used when full exfiltration from the reservoir (sub-base and base) into the underlying sub grade is not allowed (no infiltration design). Perforated drainage pipes are usually required in no infiltration and partial infiltration designs.
88
E. If drainage pipes are required, install them according to project specifications. The aggregate cover over drainage pipes should be at least 12" (300 mm) to protect them from damage during sub-base or base compaction.
Installation guide
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT
04 SUB-BASE For residential pedestrian applications, the sub-base may not be required and then only ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) aggregate base layer with a minimum thickness of 6" (150 mm) can be used (use a thicker base for additional water storage). Refer to Base (see below 06).
•
Less than 5% passing the 200 sieve
•
Industry hardness tested
PERMEABLE PAVERS
When traffic load, soil conditions, and climate require greater than 12" (300 mm) of base or volume requirements for detention are higher, a sub-base may be required. Use sub-base ASTM No. 2 or No. 3 (CSA 40-80) meeting the following requirements: • 90% fractured symmetrical particles
A. Moisten, spread and compact the ASTM No. 2 (CSA 40-80) aggregate sub-base in minimum 6" (150 mm) lifts (without distorting or damaging the geotextile) according to the project specifications. B. Make at least two passes in the vibratory mode followed by at least two passes in the static mode with a minimum 10 ton (9 metric ton) vibratory roller, until there is no visible movement of the aggregate. Alternately, a 13,500 lbf (60 kN) plate compactor can be used to compact the ASTM No. 2 (CSA 40-80) aggregate sub-base. C. Do not allow the compactor to crush the aggregate. D. Surface tolerance of the ASTM No. 2 (CSA 40-80) sub-base should be ± 2 1⁄2" (64 mm) over 10' (3 m).
05 EDGE RESTRAINT A. Install edge restraint according to project specifications. B. Depending on the design, the top of the edge restraint can be hidden or exposed. C. Install Avignon, Belgik, Pietra, Tundra or Universal edge units. Cast-in-place concrete or precast concrete curbs should be considered in vehicular use applications (commercial / industrial driveways, parking lots or streets). D. Edge restraint may rest on an open-graded or dense-graded aggregate base.
06 BASE A. Moisten, spread and compact the ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) aggregate base layer in one 4" (100 mm) thick lift. B. Make a minimum of two passes in vibratory mode followed by at least two in static mode with a minimum 10 ton (9 metric ton) vibratory roller, until there is no visible movement of the aggregate. Alternately, a 13,500 lbf (60 kN) plate compactor can be used to compact the ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) aggregate base. C. Do not allow the compactor to crush the aggregate. D. Surface tolerance of the ASTM No. 57 (CSA 5-28) base should be ± 1" (25 mm) over 10' (3 m). Verify prior to setting bed installation.
07 BEDDING COURSE A. Moisten, spread and screed the ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5-10) aggregate bedding layer in one 2" (50 mm) thick lift. B. Surface tolerance of the ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5-10) bedding course should be ± 3⁄8" (10 mm) over 10' (3 m). C. Construction equipment and pedestrian traffic on the screeded bedding course should not be permitted.
08 PAVER B. In sloped conditions, it is preferable to start laying from the bottom in an uphill direction. C. The minimum slope recommended for permeable pavement surface is 1%. D. Inflo pavers can be installed with the TB100SI (Techo-Bloc mechanical tool) to expedite installation. E. When subject to vehicular traffic, cut units should not be smaller than 1⁄3 of a whole paver. When using cut pieces, maintain joint. F. In vehicular applications, pattern strength will increase if laying pattern is perpendicular to traffic flow.
techo-bloc.com
A. Pavers should be placed in the pattern shown on the drawings. Lay units hand tight to designated laying patterns. Units have lugs to maintain consistent joint width.
89
Installation guide
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT 09 JOINT FILL A. Fill the paver joint openings with ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5-10) aggregate (or No. 89, No. 9 depending on joint width). Sweep stone to fill joints. Surface must be swept clean prior to compaction. B. Compact with a minimum 5,000 lbf (22 kN) plate compactor (two passes minimum). The installation of a neoprene pad is recommended to protect the texture of the paving units. C. Do not compact within 6' (1.8 m) of unrestrained edges of the pavers.
PERMEABLE PAVERS
D. Apply additional aggregate to fill the joint openings if needed and compact. E. Surface tolerance of compacted pavers should be ± 3⁄8" (10 mm) over 10' (3 m). APPROXIMATE MEASURES Clean stone quantity in kg (lb) to cover an area of 1 m2 (1 pi2) to fill between joints. It is recommended to always start with a small area. PRODUCTS
JOINT FILL MATERIAL
Antika
ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5 - 10) ( ⁄ ") 1 4
(lbs/sq. ft)
(kg/sq. m)
1.9
9.3
Blu 60 mm
ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) ( ⁄ ")
0.6
3.0
Blu 80 mm
ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) (1⁄8")
0.8
4.0
Inflo
ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5 - 10) (1⁄4")
2.1
10.3
Mista random
ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) ( ⁄ ")
1.0
5.0
1 8
1 8
Pure
ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) ( ⁄ ")
1.4
7.0
Valet
ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) (1⁄8")
1.3
6.2
Victorien 60 mm permeable
ASTM No. 9 (CSA 2.5 - 5) (1⁄8")
1.7
8.5
Villagio
ASTM No. 8 (CSA 2.5 - 10) ( ⁄ ")
2.1
10.2
1 8
1 4
10 POST INSTALLATION PROTECTION
techo-bloc.com
Prevent contamination of the porous (permeable) pavement system from fine aggregates and debris by maintaining erosion and sedimentation (E&S) measures at the perimeter.
90
Installation guide
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT A. PERMEABLE PAVER FROM TECHO-BLOC B. JOINT FILLING MATERIAL ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE C. BEDDING COURSE 1 1⁄2'' to 2'' (40 to 50 mm) ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE D. BASE COURSE 4'' (100 mm) ASTM No 57 (CSA 5-28 mm) AGGREGATE E. SUBBASE COURSE ASTM No 2 (CSA 40-80 mm) AGGREGATE F. GEOTEXTILE H. CONCRETE EDGE
PERMEABLE PAVERS
G. SUBGRADE
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT – FULL INFILTRATION Typical cross section A. PERMEABLE PAVER FROM TECHO-BLOC B. JOINT FILLING MATERIAL ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE C. BEDDING COURSE 1 1⁄2'' to 2'' (40 to 50 mm) ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE D. BASE COURSE 4'' (100 mm) ASTM No 57 (CSA 5-28 mm) AGGREGATE E. SUBBASE COURSE ASTM No 2 (CSA 40-80 mm) AGGREGATE F. GEOTEXTILE G. SUBGRADE H. CONCRETE EDGE I. PERFORATED DRAIN CONNECTED TO DRAINAGE SYSTEM
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT – PARTIAL INFILTRATION Typical cross section A. PERMEABLE PAVER FROM TECHO-BLOC B. JOINT FILLING MATERIAL ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE C. BEDDING COURSE 1 1⁄2'' to 2'' (40 to 50 mm) ASTM No 8 (CSA 2.5-10 mm) AGGREGATE D. BASE COURSE 4'' (100 mm) ASTM No 57 (CSA 5-28 mm) AGGREGATE E. SUBBASE COURSE ASTM No 2 (CSA 40-80 mm) AGGREGATE F. IMPERMEABLE MEMBRANE H. CONCRETE EDGE I. PERFORATED DRAIN CONNECTED TO DRAINAGE SYSTEM
SEGMENTAL PERMEABLE PAVEMENT – NO INFILTRATION Typical cross section
techo-bloc.com
G. SUBGRADE
91
Inflo DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth
PERMEABLE PAVERS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
62 ft
5.76 m2
Weight
2 710 lbs
1 229 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
7.75 ft2
0.72 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.80 lin. ft
3.60 lin. m
Percent of surface opening
5.8%
Joint Width
1 2
2
H L
• LEED® Projects.
CHARACTERISTICS • Mechanical connection (tongue and groove system). • 6000 to 8000 sq. ft can be installed per day with the TB100SI and a team of 5 persons. • Maintains its interlocking properties, over time and under heavy traffic loads.
NOTES See page 85 to 91 for more technical information. 01 | Linear pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
92
Unit dimensions Height Length
• Eliminates the need for retention basins and optimizes the use of land.
chestnut brown
A
Depth
• Reduces stormwater runoff to municipal sewers.
shale grey
D
⁄"
grey
13 mm in
mm
3 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 11 13⁄16
100 200 300
Units /pallet
96 units
Pure DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Beveled
PALLET OVERVIEW
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
90 ft
8.36 m2
Weight
3 175 lbs
1 440 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
11.25 ft2
1.05 m2
Linear coverage per row
15 lin. ft
4.57 lin. m
Percent of surface opening
5.0 %
Joint Width
3 8
2
H
The use of permeable pavement systems throughout the world has proven effective in reducing storm water runoff while increasing infiltration rates as it returns the water to the environment. The use of permeable pavers also facilitates LEED® certification easier to obtain.
L
D
⁄"
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height Depth Length
NOTES See page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
C
Height Depth Length
PERMEABLE PAVERS
Specifications per pallet
10 mm in
mm
Units /pallet
3 1⁄8 9 9
80 229 229
40 units
3 1⁄8 9 12
80 229 305
40 units
3 1⁄8 9 15
80 229 381
40 units
01 | Linear pattern
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
93
Victorien 60 mm Permeable DESCRIPTION : Paver TEXTURE : Smooth
Specifications per pallet
PERMEABLE PAVERS
60 mm PERMEABLE
PALLET OVERVIEW
Cubing
110.22 ft
10.24 m2
Weight
2 888 lbs
1 310 kg
Number of rows
11
Coverage per row
10.02 ft2
0.93 m2
Depth
15.87 lin. ft
4.84 lin. m
Length
31.74 lin. ft
9.68 lin. m
Percent of surface opening
9.6 %
Joint Width
3 8
H L
D
A
⁄"
Unit dimensions Depth
See page 85 to 91 for more technical information.
02 | Parquet pattern
03 | Herringbone pattern
04 | Modified Herringbone pattern
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
94
shale grey
chestnut brown
Height Length
NOTES
01 | Linear pattern
Metric 2
Linear coverage per row
Permeable pavers let storm water drain away and help manage excess runoff. They also smooth the path to obtaining LEED® certification.
Imperial
10 mm in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 4 1⁄4 8 1⁄2
60 108 216
440 units
WALLS
CHARACTERISTICS
ASTM C 1372
TECHO-BLOC
Compressive strength
3 000 psi [21 MPa] min.
5 050 psi [35 MPa] min.
after 100 cycles 1 % (max.)
after 100 cycles 1 % (max.)
after 150 cycles 1,5 % (max.)
after 150 cycles 1,5 % (max.)
13 lb/ft3 [208 kg/m3] max
9 lb/ft3 [144 kg/m3] max.
length
+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]
+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]
width
+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]
+ 1⁄8" [3 mm]
height
+ ⁄ " [3 mm]
+ 1⁄16" [1.5 mm]
Durability to freeze thaw cycles Mass loss Water absorption Dimension tolerance1
1 8
Notes : 1. The dimension tolerance is not applicable to split facings or other architectural finish. 2.
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall. Stonedge collection of wet cast wall units include, but are not limited to, the following: Borealis, Prescott, Röcka and Travertina Raw wall units.
techo-bloc.com
WALLS, PILLARS & PLANTERS
95
Installation guide
SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS GRAVITY RETAINING WALL Inclined Wall [1]
Type of wall
WALLS & PILLARS
Angle
MAXIMUM TOTAL HEIGHT [2,3,4]
Setback
°
mm
Baltimore 90 mm
4.4
7.0
9
Baltimore 180 mm
4.4
14.0
9
Borealis
0.0
0.0
Brandon 90 mm [8]
4.4
7.0
9
Brandon 180 mm [8]
4.4
14.0
9
Escala 3.5"
4.4
7.0
9
Graphix
Inclined
MINIMUM WALL RADIUS [5]
Vertical
in
# rows
mm
ft
# rows
mm
ft
m
ft
⁄32”
10
900
2' - 11"
8
720
2' - 4"
2.3
7' - 6"
⁄16”
5
900
2' - 11"
4
720
2' - 4"
2.3
7' - 6"
0"
-
-
-
4
610
2'
-
-
⁄32”
10
900
2' - 11"
8
720
2' - 4"
2.3
7' - 6"
⁄16”
5
900
2' - 11"
4
720
2' - 4"
2.3
7' - 6"
⁄32”
10
900
2' - 11"
8
720
2' - 4"
2.3
7' - 6"
8
600
2'
-
-
-
-
-
⁄16”
5
1015
3' - 4"
-
-
-
3.0
9' - 10"
0"
-
-
-
5
500
1' - 8"
-
-
⁄32”
12
900
2' - 11"
10
750
2' - 6"
2.1
7'
⁄16”
6
900
2' - 11"
5
750
2' - 6"
2.1
7'
⁄16”
16
914
3'
12
686
2' - 3"
1.6
5' - 2"
⁄32”
8
914
3'
6
686
2' - 3"
1.6
5' - 2"
⁄32”
10
900
2' - 11"
8
720
2' - 4"
2.6
8' - 6"
⁄16”
5
900
2' - 11"
4
720
2' - 4"
2.6
8' - 6"
0"
-
-
-
4
610
2'
-
-
⁄32”
7
1050
3' - 5"
5
750
2' - 6"
2.1
7'
⁄8”
5
1016
3' - 4"
4
813
2' - 8"
1.8
6'
⁄16”
5
762
2' - 6"
4
610
2'
-
-
Variable
G Force
3.9
14.0
Manchester [9]
0.0
0.0
Mini-Creta 3" [8]
5.3
7.0
9
Mini-Creta 6" [8]
5.3
14.0
9
Prescott 2.25" [8]
4.5
4.5
3
Prescott 4.5" [8]
4.5
9.0
11
Raffinato 90 mm [8]
4.4
7.0
9
Raffinato 180 mm [8]
4.4
14.0
9
Röcka
0.0
0.0
Semma [8]
7.6
20.0
25
Suprema
4.5
16.0
5
Travertina Raw [8]
5.2
14.0
9
9
[1] Vertical Retaining walls are constructed without any face inclination or setback. [2] Heigths do not include cap thickness. [3] -
Total Height is the vertical distance measured from the top of the footing (aggregate base) to the top of the uppermost course. Exposed Height is the vertical distance measured from the finished grade at the bottom of the wall to the top of the uppermost course. It does not include the wall depth below grade (embedment).
techo-bloc.com
[4] The maximum wall height for gravity retaining walls recommended in this table is based on the following conditions: The retained soil type considered is gravel with an internal friction angle of at least 36°. There is no surcharge load applied on top of the wall. There is no slope on top of the wall. An adequate drainage system is provided at the back of the wall.
96
[5] Minimum retaining wall radius is measured at the front face of the wall. It corresponds to the lowest course in an internal curve and to the uppermost course in an external curve. [6] Freestanding Minimum Wall radius based on the shortest tapered unit. [7] The maximum height does not necessarily correspond to the amount of blocks in a pallet. [8] Pillar units sold separately. [9] Freestanding Maximum Height of 750 mm (29 7⁄16”) is based on a block depth of 300 mm (11 13⁄16”)
Installation guide
SUMMARY OF CHARACTERISTICS FREESTANDING WALL Type of wall
PILLARS MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE HEIGHT [2,3,7]
MINIMUM WALL RADIUS [6]
MAXIMUM EXPOSED HEIGHT [2,3]
inside
Outside
Exposed
Total
in
mm
in
mm
inc
mm
in
mm
in
Baltimore 90 mm
750
29 7⁄16"
1202
47"
1473
58"
-
-
-
-
Baltimore 180 mm
750
29 7⁄16”
1202
47"
1473
58"
-
-
-
-
Borealis
612
24"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Brandon 90 mm [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
1538
61"
1788
70"
930
36 1⁄2”
1080
42 1⁄2”
Brandon 180 mm [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
1538
61"
1788
70"
930
36 1⁄2”
1080
42 1⁄2”
Escala 3.5"
750
29 7⁄16”
1108
44"
1360
54"
-
-
-
-
Graphix
600
23 1⁄2”
-
-
-
-
1050
41 1⁄4”
1200
47 1⁄4”
G Force
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Manchester [9]
750
7
29 ⁄16”
-
-
-
-
1050
1
41 ⁄4”
1200
47 1⁄4”
Mini-Creta 3" [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
907
36"
1158
46"
1050
41 1⁄4”
1200
47 1⁄4”
Mini-Creta 6" [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
907
36"
1158
46"
1050
41 1⁄4”
1200
47 1⁄4”
Prescott 2.25" [8]
650
25 1⁄2”
863
34"
1114
44"
993
39"
1143
45''
Prescott 4.5" [8]
650
25 1⁄2”
863
34"
1114
44"
993
39"
1143
45''
Raffinato 90 mm [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
2259
89"
2510
99"
930
36 1⁄2”
1080
42 1⁄2”
Raffinato 180 mm [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
2259
89"
2510
99"
930
36 1⁄2”
1080
42 1⁄2”
Röcka
612
24"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Semma [8]
750
29 7⁄16”
519
20"
807
32"
1050
41 1⁄4”
1200
47 1⁄4”
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
764
30"
-
-
-
-
1069
42"
1219
48"
Suprema Travertina Raw [8]
WALLS & PILLARS
mm
[1] Vertical Retaining walls are constructed without any face inclination or setback. [2] Heigths do not include cap thickness. [3] -
Total Height is the vertical distance measured from the top of the footing (aggregate base) to the top of the uppermost course. Exposed Height is the vertical distance measured from the finished grade at the bottom of the wall to the top of the uppermost course. It does not include the wall depth below grade (embedment).
[5] Minimum retaining wall radius is measured at the front face of the wall. It corresponds to the lowest course in an internal curve and to the uppermost course in an external curve. [6] Freestanding Minimum Wall radius based on the shortest tapered unit. [7] The maximum height does not necessarily correspond to the amount of blocks in a pallet. [8] Pillar units sold separately. [9] Freestanding Maximum Height of 750 mm (29 7⁄16”) is based on a block depth of 300 mm (11 13⁄16”)
techo-bloc.com
[4] The maximum wall height for gravity retaining walls recommended in this table is based on the following conditions: The retained soil type considered is gravel with an internal friction angle of at least 36°. There is no surcharge load applied on top of the wall. There is no slope on top of the wall. An adequate drainage system is provided at the back of the wall.
97
Retaining Wall
PRELIMINARY DESIGN ASSISTANCE - REQUEST FORM Techo-Bloc can help you in your preliminary design of retaining walls. However, preliminary design should only be used to assess the suitability of a wall system to a specific project or for estimating budget costs. For final construction designs, please contact a qualified engineer in your area. Techo-Bloc Sales Representative Customer type:
Date
Landscape Architect
Engineer
Contractor
Homeowner
Other:
Are you a Techo-Pro?
Yes
No
1. GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name
Address
Contact
City
Entreprise
Telephone
State / Province Postal Code
WALLS & PILLARS
2. PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Type:
Industrial
Commercial
Institutional
Residential
2.1 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
Units (metric or imperial)
Information date required
Maximum available
Maximum required
space behind wall:
freestanding wall portion:
3. GENERAL INFORMATION ON WALLS
4. TYPE OF SOIL
If a soil report is available, attach it to this request.
3.1 SINGLE WALL Block Product: Wall length:
Retained Soil
Vertical Rise Geogrid (if required) Horizontal Run
Maximum wall height (above ground)
Reinforced soil (if required) Clean sand and gravel Clayey gravel Silty sand Clayey sand Silt and clay Other:
Vertical Rise
Foundation Soil
Horizontal Run *Include only the Retaining portion of the wall. Freestanding portion must be included in section 2.1 under Project Specification. **If a grading plan is available, include it with this request (drawing should indicate the location of the wall, grade lines and loads). Otherwise clear and detailed sketches must be provided.
3.2 TIERED WALL
Clean sand and gravel Clayey gravel Silty sand Clayey sand Silt and clay Other:
5. SURCHARGE ABOVE WALL
Backslope: Horizontal run
TYPE OF SURCHARGE
Vertical rise
(LOAD)
Platform between walls:
Upper wall:
Horizontal run Vertical rise
techo-bloc.com
Clean sand and gravel Clayey gravel Silty sand Clayey sand Silt and clay Other:
Lower wall:
DISTANCE TO WALL
Route
Block product Wall height (above ground)
Parking / alley for heavy vehicules
Wall lenght
Parking / alley for light vehicules Swimming pool
Block product Wall height (above ground)
Paved surface Lawn
Wall lenght Base slope: Horizontal run
Other
Vertical rise
98
Return this request by one of the following methods:
Fax 450 656-1983 | Email walls@techo-bloc.com | Mail Techo-Bloc - 5255 Albert-Millichamp Street, Saint-Hubert, QC J3Y 8Z8
Compatibility Charts
York 32"×32"
Raffinato 90 mm
York 28"×28"
Raffinato 60 mm
York
Prima 14"
Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28”
Portofino
Piedimonte 28"×28"
Piedimonte
Graphix cap
Escala 3.5"
Bullnose Grande
Baltimore 90 & 180 mm
Bullnose
Brandon
CAPS Architectural cap
WALLS & PILLARS
Borealis does not require a cap Brandon 90 & 180 mm
Brandon 90 & 180 mm pillar
Escala 3.5”
G-Force
Graphix
Mini-Creta Collection
Raffinato Pillar Collection
Prescott Pillar Collection
Raffinato Collection
Mini-Creta Pillar 24" Collection Prescott Collection
WALLS & PILLARS
Manchester
Röcka does not require a cap Semma
Semma Pillar
Suprema Travertina Raw
Travertina Raw pillar
NOTE: The combinations shown in this chart are not complete. Other possible combinations exist.
Wall double-sided Counter top
Pillar
LEGEND: NEW PRODUCT
techo-bloc.com
Pool coping Wall single-sided
Venetian
Blu 45 mm
York 32"×32"
York 28"×28"
York 24"×36"
York 14"×48"
Concrete & step overlay system
Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28” York wall caps 16", 32", 48"
Piedimonte 14"×30"
Raffinato 90 mm
Piedimonte 12"×30"
Raffinato 60 mm
Graphix cap
Prima 14"
Escala
Portofino
Bullnose Grande
Piedimonte 28"×28"
Bullnose
Brandon cap
Step
Bali Travertina Raw
CAPS
Architectural cap
APPLICATIONS
99
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
Installation outline 01 EXCAVATION A. Check the location of existing structures and utilities before starting the excavation. B. Dig out a trench. Its depth should be calculated according to the thickness of the leveling pad and the burial depth of the wall.
C. Plan for a thickness of at least 6" (150 mm) for the leveling pad and consider that at least 10% of the height of the wall should be buried in the ground. In all cases, the wall must be buried no less than 6" (150 mm) deep.
6" (150 mm) min. 6" (150 mm) min.
WALLS & PILLARS
6" (150 mm) min.
D. In determining the width of the trench, allow for a space of at least 6" (150 mm) at the front of the wall and 12" (300 mm) at the back for drainage fill. Compact and level the excavation base.
12" (300 mm) min.
FOR GEOGRID REINFORCED RETAINING WALLS The excavation must also take into account the legth of geogrid.
REINFORCED ZONE
02 FOUNDATION A. Cover the base and back of the trench with a geotextile. Extend the geotextile towards the back of the excavation and eventually above the drainage fill once it is in place close to the top of the wall.
B. Next, spread the 0-3â „4" (0-20 mm) stone in the trench and compact using a vibratory plate or jumping jack, ensuring that the surface is level. The compacted leveling pad must be at least 6" (150 mm) thick. GEOTEXTILE
NOTE FOR STEPPED FOUNDATION A wall built on an incline requires stepped foundations. For steep inclines, several steps may be required. Construction should start at the lowest level. Each of the steps must follow a level horizontal path and the vertical distance separating the successive steps must equal the height of a block. ( 0-3â „4")
BLOCKS
(0-20 mm)
techo-bloc.com
STEPPED FOUNDATION
100
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
03 BUILDING THE FIRST COURSE A. Using blocks of the same height, place the first course on the compacted leveling
PERFORATED DRAIN
pad according to the predetermined layout. Check the alignment and leveling in all directions and make sure that all the blocks are in full contact with the leveling pad and properly supported.
B. Place the exposed surfaces of the blocks side by side. There must be no space between the exposed faces of adjacent blocks.
C. At the back of the wall and on the compacted leveling pad, lay a 4" (100 mm) diameter perforated drain. Connect this drain to the existing drainage system so that it clears the water accumulated behind the wall.
04 BACKFILLING
05 SUBSEQUENT COURSES A. Clean the top of each block before laying the next course. Depending on the type of block, install the connectors on the extremity of each block.
B. Lay the subsequent courses, backfilling at the rear of the wall every 8" (200 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
Backfill at the rear of the wall and the space between the back of the blocks with 3â „4" (20 mm) clean stone. Level and settle the clean stone. Any cavities in the blocks must also be filled with clean stone.
maximum, using the same method outlined in step 4.
C. Make sure the subsequent courses are laid such that the vertical seams are aligned with the blocks below.
FOR GEOGRID REINFORCED RETAINING WALLS Where geogrids are to be used, cover the clean stone with a geotextile. Select the geogrid according to the type, level and appropriate length. Position the geogrid according to the main reinforcement direction perpendicular to the wall. The geogrid must be continuous all along its embedment length. Splicing of the geogrid in the main reinforcement direction is not permitted. The geogrid must be installed horizontally over the compacted backfill and the previous course of blocks. Fix the connectors on the geogrid and lay the next course of blocks. Pull on the back of the geogrid and maintain its tension by stakes or pins. Repeat with a new section of geotextile and place the reinforced backfill directly behind the drainage fill. Fill and compact up to the level of the blocks. Heavy equipment must not be used less than 3' (1-m) behind the blocks. Construction equipment must not drive directly over the geogrid. Repeat the various installation steps.
06 FINISHING Position the course of coping stones (if applicable) or the final course of blocks to complete the wall. The coping stones or final course of blocks must be fixed to the subjacent blocks using concrete adhesive and there must be no space between the blocks. techo-bloc.com
3' (1-m)
101
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
WALL INSTALLATION – GRAVITY WALL Typical cross section
(300 mm) min.
WALLS & PILLARS
(300 mm) min.
WALL INSTALLATION – GEOGRID REINFORCED WALL Typical cross section
(300 mm) min.
techo-bloc.com
(300 mm) min.
102
Design Charts RETAINING WALLS
A. CAP UNIT FROM TECHO-BLOC B. TECHO-BLOC WALL UNIT C. CONNECTOR D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH LARGEST: 8’’ (200 mm) OR 10% OF THE HEIGHT ABOVE GROUND MIN. E. TOTAL HEIGHT (VARIABLE) F. TOPSOIL G. LOW PERMEABILITY SOIL H. CLEAN STONE 3⁄4’’ (20 mm) PLACED 12’’ (300 mm) MIN. WIDE BEHIND WALL I. REINFORCED SOIL COMPACTED J. RETAINED SOIL K. GEOTEXTILE M. GEOGRID LENGTH N. PERFORATED DRAIN 4’’ (100 mm) Dia. O. LEVELING PAD CRUSHED STONE 0-3⁄4’’ (0-20 mm) COMPACTED
WALLS & PILLARS
L. GEOGRID
WALL INSTALLATION - GEOGRID REINFORCED WALL Typical cross section The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only and as such should only be used forpreliminary designs. A qualified engineer should be consulted for the final design to be used for construction. TECHOBLOC and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in the design charts. The design charts show the number, position and length of the geogrids for a Techo-Bloc inclined wall based on the height of the wall and the load conditions. Furthermore, geogrid may be required for walls with a height lower than the minimum stated. The geogrid layout has been optimized to satisfy the minimum design requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. The height (H) of the wall is the total height from the leveling pad to the top of the wall including the coping stones of 75 mm (2.95 in) thick. The wall height varies approximately from 0.6 m (1.97 ft) to 2.5 m (8.20 ft), gradually increasing in height increments of 0.4-0.8 m (1.31-2.62 ft). The type of soil assumed in the reinforced soil zone (reinforced backfill) is a mixture of sand and gravel (minimum friction angle of 36°). The description of the soil is provided for information purposes; it is the actual shear strength parameter that will govern the design. THE TWO LOAD CONDITIONS ARE:
(i) A horizontal surface above the wall with a surcharge of 6 kPa (125 psf). (ii) A 1V:3H slope above the wall.
The foundation soil must be able to support the wall-reinforced backfill system. A geotechnical study to ascertain the bearing capacity of the soil must be carried out. The leveling pad is made of 0-20 mm (0-3⁄4 in) crushed stone. A concrete pad can be used. Compaction must be carried out in successive layers of a maximum of 8 in (200 mm) in thickness and in accordance with project specifications. The minimum burial depth must be 200 mm (8 in) or 10% of the above ground wall height, whichever is greater. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
techo-bloc.com
The symbol shows the position and length of the geogrid taken from the front of the block. The height of the wall and the length of the geogrid are given in millimeters.
103
Design Charts RETAINING WALLS THE DESIGN CHARTS FOR: • BALTIMORE : page 119 • BRANDON : page 130 • ESCALA : page 140 • MINI-CRETA : page 158 • RAFFINATO : page 181 • SEMMA : page 192
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
• SUPREMA : page 196
For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
104
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
Anchoring system BALTIMORE, MINI-CRETA, SEMMA AND SUPREMA BLOCKS
Back groove Front groove
BALTIMORE, MINI-CRETA AND SUPREMA BLOCKS Setback / wall inclination HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the back groove
GRAPHIX HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the front groove
HDPE horizontal connector is always inserted in the back groove
variable
Front of unit
Front of unit
Front of unit
Insert HDPE horizontal connector
WALLS & PILLARS
Notch
The setback is determined by the placement of the HDPE horizontal connector.
SEMMA
Front of unit
Front of unit
HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the back groove
techo-bloc.com
Setback / wall inclination HDPE horizontal connector is inserted in the front groove
105
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
Anchoring system | Connectors in curved wall application
WALLS & PILLARS
When creating internal curves and the connectors are in the back groove, two connectors must be installed on each block as illustrated.
Anchoring system | Connectors in geogrid reinforced wall application When using a geogrid, it must be placed above the connectors. The connectors will therefore be placed before the geogrid. After positioning the geogrid, move the block (from the above course) forward until it touches the connectors and ensures that the system is locked.
PRESCOTT BLOCKS Geogrid
techo-bloc.com
HDPE vertical connector position for a vertical wall.
106
HDPE vertical connector position for an inclined wall. ( + 4.5 °)
Note: It is recommanded to install the connectors for an inclined wall when a geogrid is required.
HDPE vertical connector
3 sizes Connector position for a vertical wall.
Connector position for an inclined wall.
Installation guide
GEOGRID INSTALLATION
CONNECTOR POSITION
Note: It is recommanded to install the connectors for an inclined wall when a geogrid is required. RETAINING WALLS
BRANDON & RAFFINATO BLOCKS Connector position for an inclined wall.
Connector position for a vertical wall.
HDPE vertical connector
Variable 2 sizes
Geogrid
Variable Variable
CONNECTOR POSITION
WALLS & PILLARS
GEOGRID INSTALLATION
Note: It is recommanded to install the connectors for an inclined wall when a geogrid is required.
Internal corner When building a wall with an internal corner, it is recommended to start constructing the wall at the corner and build out from this point in both directions. To form the corner, use the longer modules as illustrated. Build wall B by extending it out from wall A so the end of wall B is aligned with the back of wall A. For subsequent courses, simply alternate the extension of walls A and B. SECOND COURSE
Wall B Longest modules
Wall A
THIRD COURSE
Wall B
Wall B Longest modules
Longest modules
Wall A
Wall A
When using geogrid, it must be extended beyond the internal corner by at least 25% of the total height of the wall. Alternate the extension of the geogrid for subsequent layers (as illustrated in green)
techo-bloc.com
FIRST COURSE
107
Installation guide
ALTERNER LA DIRECTION DU BLOC DE COIN
RETAINING WALLS
External corner
WALLS & PILLARS
For walls with an external corner, start building the wall from the corner and continue from this point in both directions. Each pallet contains units that can be used to make a corner. On-site, these units (except the Suprema blocks) must be split down the side using a hammer and chisel in order to obtain a corner unit. For each subsequent course, alternate the direction of the corner unit and secure the corner unit to the block below using concrete adhesive.
Oblique corner
When overlapping two geodrids in the same layer (as illustrated in green) allow at least 3" (75 mm) of backfill in between the overlapping section
The longer modules should be used to build an oblique external corner. Cut the non-exposed part of the block using a saw. Use a chisel or splitter to give the exposed face of the block a textured look. Alternate the cutting of the blocks for each subsequent course. Cut with a saw
Alternate the position of the cut corner (as shown below)
Cut marks
techo-bloc.com
Cut with a chisel or splitter
108
Alternate the corner unit for each subsequent course (as shown above)
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
Internal curve The Techo-Bloc retaining wall system allows walls to be built with internal and external curves. These curves can be achieved without cutting the blocks. You will need to angle the curves according to the minimum radius specified by Techo-Bloc. When building a wall with an internal curve, it is recommended to start building the wall at the center of the curve and place blocks alternately to the left and right of the central block. If the wall to be constructed requires a setback (inclined wall), each course should be offset to the back and the curve will then become bigger. The minimum radius is therefore that of the first course.
WALLS & PILLARS techo-bloc.com
When using geogrid, it must cover 100% of the surface around the curve. To do this, additional layers of geogrid are placed on the next course of blocks to fill voids created from previous course (as illustrated in green).
109
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
External curve When building a wall with an external curve, it is recommended to start building the wall at the center of the curve and place blocks alternately to the left and right of the central block. Unlike internal curves, the external curve gets smaller as courses are added. The minimum radius is therefore that of the last course.
um
s
u radi
WALLS & PILLARS
im Min
techo-bloc.com
When using geogrid, it must cover 100% of the surface around the curve. To achieve this, additional layers of geogrid are placed on the same course of blocks to fill voids (as illustrated in green). In this case, we recommend at least 3" (75 mm) of backfill in between the overlapping sections.
110
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
Fencing Fencing can be erected behind the blocks. Fence posts must be placed in formwork tubes positioned during construction of the wall and then filled with concrete. The geogrid may be cut to accommodate installation of the tubes. Cut the geogrid in alignment with the center of the formwork tube and perpendicular to the wall, thus creating two geogrid panels. Connect the two geogrid panels at the front and back of the formwork tube and bend the geogrid to fit around the formwork.
Geogrid cut perpendicular to wall (creating two geogrid panels)
WALLS & PILLARS
Geogrid folded around formwork tube Formwork tube installed during wall construction
Guard Rail As with fencing, a guardrail can be incorporated behind the blocks. The guardrail posts must be installed during construction of the wall. The geogrid is cut perpendicular to the wall and in alignment with the center of the post, thus creating two geogrid panels. These two panels are connected at the front and back of the post. The geogrid can be bent to fit around the post.
Geogrid cut perpendicular to wall (creating two geogrid panels)
Post installed during wall construction
techo-bloc.com
Geogrid folded around post
111
Installation guide RETAINING WALLS
Tiered wall Although tiered walls look appealing, it is important to take into account the additional load the upper wall applies on the lower wall. If the distance between the walls is at least twice the height of the lower wall, the walls are generally independent of each other. However, if this distance is less the lower wall must be built to take account of the load of the upper wall and geogrids may be required.
D
WALLS & PILLARS
Upper wall
Lower wall
H2
If H1 > H2 and D > ( H1 Ă— 2 ) The walls are generally independent of each other. Otherwise, the construction of the lower wall must take into account the load of the upper wall (as shown below).
H1
Upper wall
< (H1 x 2) Lower wall
< (H1 x 2) H2
techo-bloc.com
H2
112
Geogrid
H1
H1
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS
Installation outline 01 EXCAVATION A. Check the location of existing structures and utilities before starting the excavation. B. Dig out a trench. The trench should be 12” wider than the block width (6” (150 mm) at the front and at the back of the wall).
C. The trench should be a minimum 18” (450mm) deep. This depth will provide 12” (300mm) for the compacted base and a minimum 6” (150mm) free-standing wall embedment.
6" (150 mm) min.
6" (150 mm) min. 6" (150 mm) min.
D. In areas where unstable soils or one particularly affected by freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker compacted base may be necessary.
E. The foundation soil should be checked to make sure it is firm, level and capable of supporting the freestanding wall.
GEOTEXTILE
aggregate base material. The pad should be composed of 0-¾” (0-20 mm) crushed stone with a minimum thickness of 12” (300 mm).
WALLS & PILLARS
02 FOUNDATION A. Cover the excavated area with a geotextile. Create a leveling pad of compacted
NOTE FOR STEPPED FOUNDATION A wall built on an incline requires stepped foundations. For steep inclines, several steps may be required. Construction should start at the lowest level. Each of the steps must follow a level horizontal path and the vertical distance separating the successive steps must equal the height of a block.
03 BUILDING THE FIRST COURSE A. Using blocks of the same height, place the first course on the compacted leveling pad according to the predetermined layout. Check the alignment and leveling in all directions and make sure that all the blocks are in full contact with the leveling pad and properly supported.
B. Place the blocks side by side. There must be no space between adjacent blocks. For alignment of straight walls, use a string line aligned on the connector’s slots of applicable units, or back of the block of full solid units.
C. For tapered units, alternate front and back faces to obtain straight walls.
techo-bloc.com
( 0- ⁄ ") (0-20 mm) 3 4
113
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS
Installation outline 04 SUBSEQUENT COURSES A. Clean the top of each block before laying the next course. Depending on the type of block, install the connectors if available on each block.
B. Stagger joints from one row to the next. C. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive for securing. D. All Free-standing walls must be installed in vertical position. E. Any cavities in the blocks must be filled with 3⁄4” (20 mm) clean stone.
WALLS & PILLARS
F. Continue building to the desired and permissible height.
05 FINISHING A. Position the cap units (if applicable) or the final course of blocks to complete the wall. The cap units (if applicable) or final course of blocks must be fixed to the subjacent blocks using concrete adhesive and there must be no space between the blocks.
Techo-Bloc cap unit secured to unit below with concrete adhesive
Techo-Bloc double-sided wall unit Secure each row with concrete adhesive
Exposed height Connector
Finished grade Embedment depth Geotextile Compacted granular leveling pad, 300 mm (12”) thick min. thickness according to project specific conditions
techo-bloc.com
Foundation soil
114
Installation guide PILLARS
General note It is important to adequately glue each row with a concrete adhesive in order to obtain a stable pillar. If you are planning to install a light on top of the pillar, make sure you run the electrical wires prior to installing the blocks. If you are planning to build a pillar with a planter, make sure to install a geotextile membrane inside the pillar before filling the cavity with planting soil.
Installation outline 01 EXCAVATION A. Check the location of existing structures and utilities before starting the excavation. B. Excavate an area that is 12” (300 mm) wider than the pillar (6” [150 mm] at each side
6” (150mm) for the compacted base and a minimum 6” (150mm) of embedment.
D. In areas where unstable soils or one particularly affected by freeze-thaw cycles, a thicker compacted base may be necessary.
WALLS & PILLARS
of the pillar).
C. The excavated area should be a minimum 12” (300mm) deep. This depth will provide
E. The foundation soil should be checked to make sure it is firm, level and capable of supporting the pillar.
02 FOUNDATION A. Cover the excavated area with a geotextile. Create a leveling pad of compacted granular base material. The pad should be composed of 0-¾” (0-20 mm) crushed stone with a minimum thickness of 6” (150 mm).
03 BUILDING THE FIRST COURSE A. Using the corresponding pillar or corner units, place the first course on the compacted
techo-bloc.com
base according to the predetermined layout. Check the alignment and leveling in all directions and make sure that all the blocks are in full contact with the base and properly supported.
115
Installation guide PILLARS
Installation outline 04 SUBSEQUENT COURSES A. Clean the top of each block before laying the next course. B. Stagger joints from one row to the next. C. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive for securing. D. Backfill the excavated area surrounding the pillar. E. Continue building to desired and permissible height.
05 CROWNING
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
A. Crown the pillar using Techo-Bloc Pillar cap units and securing to blocks underneath
116
with a concrete adhesive.
Baltimore 90 mm DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Sculpted PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Pallet layout may vary.
Imperial
Metric
21.04 ft
1.95 m2
2
Cubing
21.72 lin. m
2 353 lbs
1 067 kg
Minimum radius
7.5 ft
2.3 m
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
2.63 ft2/row
0.24 m2/row
Linear coverage per row
8.91 lin. ft/row
2.72 lin. m/row
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1
APPLICATIONS
Length 2
Versatile units that can be used to build planters, double and single walls, steps, edge restraints, pillars, fireplaces and exterior kitchen components.
B
Height Depth Length 1
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄2
90 270 230 190
24 units
3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 12 3⁄16 10 5⁄8
90 270 310 270
18 units
3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8
90 270 270 270
6 units
3 9⁄16 10 5⁄8 14 3⁄4 14
90 270 375 355
WALLS & PILLARS
71.26 lin. ft
Weight
See page 99 for product compatibility.
B*
NOTES
Height Depth
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 20 ft2. See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
01 | Linear pattern
24 units 12 right corners 12 left corners
02 | Linear pattern
champlain grey
chestnut brown
sandlewood
shale grey
brazilian sand
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
117
Baltimore 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Sculpted PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Pallet layout may vary.
Metric
21.04 ft
1.95 m2
2
Cubing
WALLS & PILLARS
Imperial
35.63 lin. ft
10.86 lin. m
Weight
2 364 lbs
1 072 kg
Minimum radius
7.5 ft
2.3 m
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
5.26 ft2/row
0.49 m2/row
Linear coverage per row
8.91 lin. ft/row
2.72 lin. m/row
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄2
180 270 230 190
12 units
7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 12 3⁄16 10 5⁄8
180 270 310 270
9 units
7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8 10 5⁄8
180 270 270 270
3 units
7 1⁄16 10 5⁄8 14 3⁄4 14
180 270 375 355
See page 99 for product compatibility.
B
NOTES
Height Depth
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 20 ft2. See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Length 1 Length 2
B*
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth Length 1
01 | Linear pattern
Length 2
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
118
champlain grey
chestnut brown
sandlewood
shale grey
brazilian sand
12 units 6 right corners 6 left corners
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BALTIMORE 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BALTIMORE 90 mm The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103.
CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (4,4°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
WALLS & PILLARS
CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope: 1V:3H
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
• The seismic analysis was not considered. • The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
techo-bloc.com
•
119
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM These patterns have been developed to capture the look of hand-laid stone. For each pattern, a ratio of quantity is provided, which will guide you in estimating the overall material required for a given project.
RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM
1-row pattern | Laying patterns The single row model shows two examples of combinations without the B* module of the Baltimore 180 mm and two examples of combinations without the B module of the Baltimore 180 mm. Each combination is 180 mm long (7 1â &#x201E;16") high. This model can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other models cannot be used.
WALLS & PILLARS
COMBINATIONS WITHOUT THE "B*" MODULE OF THE BALTIMORE 180 mm:
The smallest surface of this module is shown
The smallest surface of this module is shown
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
MODULE The smallest surface of this module is shown
BALTIMORE
A B B* C
67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm
4
33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm
1 1 0 1
The smallest surface of this module is shown
3
1
The smallest surface of this module is shown
COMBINATIONS WITHOUT THE "B" MODULE OF THE BALTIMORE 180 mm: The smallest surface of this module is shown
The smallest surface of this module is shown
techo-bloc.com
The smallest surface of this module is shown
120
4
La plus petite face de ce module est représentée
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM
La plus petite face de ce module est représentée
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
MODULE
BALTIMORE
A B B* C
module est représentée 67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm
4
33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm
1 0 1 1
La plus petite face de ce
3
1
4
The 3-row model is 3.62 m (11.88') long and 540 mm (21 1⁄4") high. This model allows for a graded area at every 540 mm (21 1⁄4"), which corresponds to the recommended spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Baltimore wall. This model is recommended when using the geogrid.
WALLS & PILLARS
3-row pattern | Laying patterns
Geogrids
(when applicable)
MODULE
BALTIMORE
A B B* C
67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm
16
33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm
4 3 1 4
12
4
16
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
121
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM
4-row pattern | Laying patterns
WALLS & PILLARS
The 4-row model shows two examples of combination. This combination is 2.705 m (8,87') long and 720 mm (28 3⁄8") high. This model should only be used where geogrid is not required.
The smallest surface of this module is shown
La plus petite face de ce module est représentée
The smallest surface of this module is shown
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
122
MODULE La plus petite face de ce module est représentée
BALTIMORE
A B B* C
67% of the surface - Baltimore 90 mm
16
33% of the surface - Baltimore 180 mm
4 3 1 4
12
4
16
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM BALTIMORE 90 mm & 180 mm A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT, SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE B. BALTIMORE 90 mm AND 180 mm DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. E.
29 7⁄16” (750 mm) MAX.
F. GEOTEXTILE G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
WALLS & PILLARS
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation Module creation 2 2
1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.
Regular block Regular block
Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Cut line
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.
Regular block Regular block
5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row.
Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
Module creation 2 Module creation 2
Regular block Regular block
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Corner unit Corner unit
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Regular block
Regular block Regular block
Cut line
Cut line
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Corner unit Corner unit
Even row ODD ROWODD ROW
Corner block cut to reveal texture
Cut line
Cut line
* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Regular block
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
techo-bloc.com
Odd row
123
Installation guide
WALLS & PILLARS
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - BALTIMORE 90 MM & 180 MM
It is the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
STEPS BALTIMORE 90 mm
BALTIMORE 180 mm Variable
Variable
Cap
Cap
Connector
Baltimore 180 mm Baltimore 90 mm
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page page 99.
techo-bloc.com
Variable
Cap
Variable
Connector
Raffinato 180 mm
124
Raffinato 90 mm
Cap
Borealis DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
32 ft
2.97 m2
Linear coverage per pallet
64 lin. ft
19.51 lin. m
Weight
3 042 lbs
1 380 kg
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
8 ft2
0.74 m2
Coverage per unit
2 ft2
0.19 m2
Linear coverage per unit
4 lin. ft
1.22 lin. m
NOTES
2
H D
L
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
6 8 48
152 203 1 219
Units /pallet
16 units
WALLS & PILLARS
Specifications per pallet
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall. See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
smoked pine
hazelnut brandy
sauvignon oak
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
125
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS- BOREALIS BOREALIS A.
BOREALIS DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
C. 24” (612 mm) MAX. D. GEOTEXTILE
WALLS & PILLARS
E.
COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Regular Regular block block
1. Alternate odd and even rows.
Module Module Creation1 Creation1 Cut Cut line line
Regular Regular block block
2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
EVEN EVEN ROW ROW
ODD ODD ROW ROW
Corner Corner unit unit Regular Regular block block
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL EVEN ROW ROW EVEN Regular
Regular Regularblock block block
Module Creation 1
techo-bloc.com
ODD ROW ROW ODD
Corner Corner unit unit
Cut line
Even row Odd row
Regular block Module Creation 1
126 Even row Odd row
Cut line
Brandon 90 mm DESCRIPTION : Double-sided wall TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
20.44 ft
1.90 m2
2
Cubing
21.10 lin. m
1 823 lbs
827 kg
Minimum radius
7.5 ft
2.3 m
Number of rows
10
Coverage per row
2.04 ft2
0.19 m2
Linear coverage per row
6.92 lin. ft
2.11 lin. m
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Length 1 Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 1⁄4 9 5⁄8
90 250 285 245
20 units
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄8 12 13⁄16
90 250 365 325
20 units
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 15⁄16 14 3⁄8
90 250 405 365
20 units
WALLS & PILLARS
69.23 lin. ft
Weight
See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
B
Height Depth
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 19.28 ft2.
Length 1 Length 2
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern 90 mm & 180 mm
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
sandlewood
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
127
Brandon 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Double-sided wall TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
20.44 ft
1.90 m2
2
WALLS & PILLARS
Cubing
34.61 lin. ft
10.55 lin. m
Weight
1 898 lbs
861 kg
Minimum radius
7.5 ft
2.3 m
Number of rows
5
Coverage per row
4.09 ft2
0.38 m2
Linear coverage per row
6.92 lin. ft
2.11 lin. m
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 1⁄4 9 5⁄8
180 250 285 245
10 units
7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄8 12 13⁄16
180 250 365 325
10 units
7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 15⁄16 14 3⁄8
180 250 405 365
10 units
See page 99 for product compatibility.
B
NOTES
Height Depth
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 19.28 ft2. See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
01 | Linear pattern
02 | Linear pattern 90 mm & 180 mm
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
128
sandlewood
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
Brandon 90 & 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Pillars TEXTURE : Slate
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
40 units
40 units
Weight
1 638 lbs
743 kg
Number of rows
4
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
A
H L
D
Unit dimensions Height Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16
90 250 360
40 units WALLS & PILLARS
Depth
900 mm
COMPATIBLE CAPS
NOTES See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Specifications per pallet PILLAR 180 mm
See page 99 for product compatibility.
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
20 units
20 units
Weight
1 694 lbs
768 kg
Number of rows
2
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
sandlewood
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
900 mm
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16
180 250 360
20 units
techo-bloc.com
Specifications per pallet PILLAR 90 mm
PILLAR PALLET OVERVIEW
129
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - BRANDON 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE BRANDON 90 mm The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103.
CASE NO 1
WALLS & PILLARS
Inclined wall (4.4°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope: 1V:3H
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). •
The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
techo-bloc.com
• The seismic analysis was not considered.
130
• The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm These patterns have been developed to capture the look of hand-laid stone. For each pattern, a ratio of quantity is provided, which will guide you in estimating the overall material required for a given project.
1-row pattern | Laying patterns The 1-row pattern provides three different combinations. Each combination is 10.38’ (3.165 m) long and 7 1⁄16’’ (180 mm) high. This pattern can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other patterns cannot be used.
MODULE
BRANDON
A
B
C
67% of the surface - Brandon 90 mm
4
4
4
33% of the surface - Brandon 180 mm
1
1
1
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
131
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm
3-row pattern | Laying patterns
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
The 3-row pattern is 10.38’ (3.165 m) long and 21 1⁄4’’ (540 mm) high. This pattern allows a continuous leveled surface every 21 1⁄4’’(540 mm), which corresponds to the recommended maximum spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Brandon wall. This pattern is recommended when using the geogrid.
132
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
MODULE
BRANDON
A
B
C
67% of the surface - Brandon 90 mm
12
12
12
33% of the surface - Brandon 180 mm
3
3
3
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm
4-row pattern | Laying patterns The 4-row pattern is 10.38’ (3.165 m) long and 28 3⁄8’’ (720 mm) high. This pattern should be used only where the geogrid is not required.
MODULE
BRANDON
A
B
C
67% of the surface - Brandon 90 mm
16
16
16
33% of the surface - Brandon 180 mm
4
4
4
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
133
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm BRANDON 90 mm & 180 mm A.
TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
BRANDON 90 mm AND 180 mm DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. CONNECTOR Module Module creation creation 2 2 DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. D. EMBEDMENT
E. 29 7⁄16’’ (750 mm) MAX. F. GEOTEXTILE
Regular block Regular block
G.
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
Cut line
Cut line
WALLS & PILLARS
Regular block Regular block
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows.
Module Module creationcreation 2 2
2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. Regular block Regular block
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
Corner unit Corner unit
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit
Cut line
4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.
Module creation 1
Regular block
Module creation 2
ODD ROWODD ROW
Even row Odd row Cut line
Corner block cut to reveal texture
Cut line
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Even row
Corner unit
Odd row
Cut line
Cut line
techo-bloc.com
GENERAL NOTES 1. Alternate odd and even rows. creation 1 2. Stagger joints from one rowModule to the next. Regular block
Module creation 2
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
Cut line Textured sides
134
Module creation 3 Cut line
Textured sides
4. Cavities, grooves and connectors Cut areline not illustrated to avoid overloading the image. Even row
Odd row
Module creation 4
Module creation 5 Textured sides
Installation guide
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
It is the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
STEPS
BRANDON 180 mm
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
BRANDON 90 mm
135
Installation guide
WALLS & PILLARS
PILLARS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm
BRANDON 180 mm
BRANDON 90 mm
techo-bloc.com
A.
136
PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. BRANDON 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
C.
C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.
BRANDON 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
D. 900 mm (35 7⁄16"), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
D.
900 mm (35 7⁄16"), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
E.
GEOTEXTILE
E.
GEOTEXTILE
F.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Installation guide
PILLARS - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
BRANDON 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION B
BRANDON 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION A A.
PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
BRANDON 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. BRANDON 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C.
BRANDON 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. BRANDON 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
D.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.
D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6") MIN.
E.
900 mm (35 7⁄16"), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
E.
F.
GEOTEXTILE
F. GEOTEXTILE G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
900 mm (35 7⁄16"), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
137
Installation guide
GRILL ISLAND - BRANDON 90 & 180 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
TOP VIEW
ELEVATION A
ELEVATION B
techo-bloc.com
ELEVATION C
138
A.
YORK COUNTER TOP 24” × 36” × 2 1⁄4”
B.
BRANDON 90 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – LONG FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH UPPERCASE LETTER)
C.
BRANDON 90 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – SHORT FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH LOWERCASE LETTER)
D.
BRANDON 180 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – LONG FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH UPPERCASE LETTER)
E.
BRANDON 180 MM UNIT (A, B OR C) – SHORT FACE EXPOSED (SHOWN WITH LOWERCASE LETTER)
F.
BRANDON 90 MM PILLAR UNIT
G.
BRANDON 180 MM PILLAR UNIT
H.
BRANDON UNIT CUT ON FIELD
I.
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 4350 PSI (30 MPA), 5” (125 MM) THICK
J.
4X4-4/4 (102X102-MW25.8XMW25.8) WELDED WIRE MESH AND/OR REBAR AS PER SITE CONDITIONS
K.
12’’ (300 MM) DIA. CONCRETE PILLAR, AS PER LOCAL CODE
L.
3/4” (20 MM) CLEAN STONE 6” (150 MM) THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS
M.
NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL
N. GEOTEXTILE
ELEVATION D
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - York Counter top 24” × 36” × 2 1⁄4”: 4 - Brandon 90 mm unit: 20 A , 20 B , 18 C - Brandon 180 mm unit: 10 A , 10 B , 9 C - Brandon 90 mm Pillar unit: 18 - Brandon 180 mm Pillar unit: 15 NOTE: Appliances and utilities may vary for each project and are not shown on this drawing. This drawing is shown for inspiration only and surplus or shortage of materials may result. It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required. Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the grill island comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.
Escala 3,5” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face and aged PILLAR PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
27.65 ft
2.57 m2
2
Cubing
28.84 lin. m
2 940 lbs
1 334 kg
Minimum radius
7.5 ft
2.25 m
Number of rows
7
Coverage per row
3.95 ft2/row
0.37 m2/row
Linear coverage per row
13.52 lin. ft/row
4.12 lin. m/row
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Length 1 Length 2
See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
B
Height
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 26.24 ft2.
Depth Length 1 Length 2
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
B*
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth
01 | Linear pattern
Length 1 Length 2
D
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 10 5⁄8 8 11⁄16
90 250 270 220
28 units
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16 12 3⁄16
90 250 360 310
21 units
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16 14 3⁄16
90 250 360 360
7 units
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 3⁄4 13 3⁄4
90 250 400 350
14 units
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 3⁄4 14 3⁄4
90 250 400 375
WALLS & PILLARS
94.62 lin. ft
Weight
14 units 7 right corners 7 left corners
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
139
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - ESCALA 3.5” The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103.
CASE NO 1
WALLS & PILLARS
Inclined wall (4°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4°) Slope: 1V:3H
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). •
The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
techo-bloc.com
• The seismic analysis was not considered.
140
• The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - ESCALA 3,5” ESCALA 3,5” A.
TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. ESCALA 3.5” DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR D.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
E.
750 mm (29 7⁄16”) MAX.
F. GEOTEXTILE G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-20 mm (0-3⁄4”), 300 mm (12”) THICK MIN.
WALLS & PILLARS
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation Module creation 2 2
1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.
Regular block Regular block
Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Cut line
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.
Regular block Regular block
5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row.
Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
Module creation 2 Module creation 2
Regular block Regular block
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Corner unit Corner unit
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Regular block
Regular block Regular block
Cut line
Cut line
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Corner unit Corner unit
Even row ODD ROWODD ROW
Corner block cut to reveal texture
Cut line
Cut line
* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Regular block
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
techo-bloc.com
Odd row
141
Installation guide
WALLS & PILLARS
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - ESCALA 3.5”
It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
STEPS
ESCALA 3.5” Variable
Variable
Cap
Connector
Cap
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Escala 7" block
Escala 3.5" block
CAP RADIUS - ESCALA 3.5” Variable
Variable Cap
Cap
Mini-Creta 3" block
Mini-Creta 6" block
techo-bloc.com
Connector
142
Variable
Cap of materials required. It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity
Variable
Cap
NEW
G-Force DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
32.00 ft
2.97 m2
2
Cubing
48 lin. ft
14.63 lin. m
Weight
2 526 lbs
1 146 kg
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
8.00 ft2
0.74 m2
Linear coverage per row
12.00 lin. ft
3.66 lin. m
H L1
COMPATIBLE CAPS
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
See page 99 for product compatibility.
in
mm
Units /pallet
8 11 7⁄16 18 8 5⁄8
203 290 457 219
32 units
WALLS & PILLARS
L2
NOTES See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
143
NEW
G-Force corner unit DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
16
16
Weight
1 753 lbs
795 kg
Number of rows
2
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions
in
mm
Units /pallet
Height
8 9 18
203 229 457
16 units
Depth
WALLS & PILLARS
Length
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
techo-bloc.com
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
144
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
Installation guide G-FORCE
WALLS & PILLARS
GRAVITY WALL DETAIL
REINFORCED WALL DETAIL
A.
CAP FROM TECHO-BLOC
J.
B.
G-FORCE BLOCK FROM TECHO-BLOC
K. GEOTEXTILE
C.
WALL INCLINATION (3.9°)
L.
PERFORATED DRAIN
D.
EXPOSED HEIGHT
M.
LEVELING PAD
E.
HDPE VERTICAL KEY
N.
FOUNDATION SOIL
F.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH
O.
GEOGRID
G.
TOP SOIL
P.
REINFORCED SOIL
H.
LOW PERMEABILITY SOIL
Q.
GEOGRID LENGTH
I.
3/4” (20 MM) CLEAN STONE
RETAINED SOIL
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
STEPS - G-FORCE
145
Graphix DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth & split face PALLET OVERVIEW 3-A
2-A
1-A
Specifications per pallet 4-A
WALLS & PILLARS
2
1
26.25 ft
2.44 m2
4
107.67 lin. ft
32.51 m lin.
Weight
2 773 lbs
1 258 kg
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
3.28 ft2
0.30 m2
Linear coverage per row
13.33 lin. ft
4.06 lin. m
H L
D
1
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
2
Height Depth
NOTES
Length
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
3
Height Depth Length
4
Height Depth Length
1A
Height Depth Length
01 | Linear pattern
2A
Height Depth Length
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
3A
techo-bloc.com
146
Length
4A onyx black
Height Depth
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
greyed nickel
Metric 2
Cubing
3
Imperial
beige cream
Height Depth Length
mm
Units /pallet
15 16 1 16
in
2 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 20
75 230 508
8 units
2 15⁄16 10 1⁄16 20
75 255 508
8 units
2 15⁄16 11 20
75 280 508
8 units
2 15⁄16 8 1⁄16 20
75 205 508
split on one side
2 15⁄16 9 1⁄16 20
75 230 508
Left corner unit
2 15⁄16 10 1⁄16 20
75 255 508
Right corner unit
2 15⁄16 11 20
75 280 508
Left corner unit
2 15⁄16 8 1⁄16 20
75 205 508
8 units
8 units
8 units
8 units
8 units Right corner unit, split on one side
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - GRAPHIX GRAPHIX A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
Regular block
B.
GRAPHIX DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C.
CONNECTOR
D.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
ModuleE. 23 Creation11⁄2” (600 mm) MAX.
F.
Cut line
FOR THE FIRST ROW, ALWAYS USE THE DEEPER GRAPHIX BLOCK
G. GEOTEXTILE Regular block
H.
EVEN ROW
COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
WALLS & PILLARS
ODD ROW
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows.
Corner unit
2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.
Regular block
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
EVEN ROW
4. Connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.
Regular block
ODD ROW
Corner unit
5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (1, 2, 3 or 4) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block (1A, 2A, 3A or 4A) must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row.
Regular block
Module Creation 1
6. At the corner, make sure to place the blocks so that the grooves of the block cannot be seen.
Cut line
Even row Odd row
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block Cut line
Even row Odd row Corner unit
* It is possible to alternate the blocks (1, 2, 3 or 4) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block and a cut corner block (1A, 2A, 3A or 4A) must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row.
techo-bloc.com
Module Creation 1
147
Installation guide
WALLS & PILLARS
PILLARS - GRAPHIX
GRAPHIX
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT B. GRAPHIX CORNER UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE PLACE CONNECTOR IN FRONT GROOVE C. USE THE BLOCKS 1A-3A FOR THE ODD ROWS D. USE THE BLOCKS 2A-4A FOR THE EVEN ROWS E. EMBEDMENT 150 mm DEPTH (6") MIN. F. 600 mm (23 5⁄8"), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1200 mm (47 ¼"), MAXIMUM HEIGHT G. GEOTEXTILE
techo-bloc.com
H. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
148
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Manchester DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Smooth and aged PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
FULL PALLET Cubing
Metric
90 units
90 units
29.10 ft
2.70 m2
88.58 lin. ft
27 lin. m
45 units
45 units
2
*HALF-PALLET 14.53 ft
1.35 m2
2
FULL PALLET
Weight
13.50 lin. m
2 760 lbs
1 252 kg
*DEMI-PALLET 1 384 lbs Number of rows
COMPATIBLE CAPS
FULL PALLET
628 kg
6
*HALF-PALLET 3
See page 99 for product compatibility.
Coverage per row
4.84 ft2
0.45 m2
NOTES
Linear coverage per row
14.76 lin. ft
4.5 lin. m
* Colors only available in half-pallets.
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Length
in
mm
3 15⁄16 7 7⁄8 11 13⁄16
100 200 300
WALLS & PILLARS
44.29 lin. ft
Units /pallet
90 units
01 | Linear pattern
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
chocolate brown *
onyx black*
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
149
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - MANCHESTER MANCHESTER
WALLS & PILLARS
A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE B.
MANCHESTER DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 150 mm (6”) MIN.
D.
550 mm (21 9⁄16’’) MAX. FOR BLOCK DEPTH OF 200 mm (7 7⁄8’’)
D.
750 mm (29 7⁄16’’ ) MAX. FOR BLOCK DEPTH OF 300 mm (11 13⁄16’’)
E.
GEOTEXTILE
F.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-20 mm (0- 3⁄4’’), 300 mm (12’’) THICK MIN.
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL 1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.
techo-bloc.com
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
150
Installation guide PILLARS - MANCHESTER
500 mm (19 11/16")
WALLS & PILLARS
900 mm (32")
MANCHESTER PILLAR A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE) B. MANCHESTER UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. EMBEDMENT 6" (150 mm) MIN. D. 35 7⁄16" (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 1⁄4" (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT E. GEOTEXTILE
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
151
Mini-Creta 3” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Aged with chiseled corners PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET Cubing
WALLS & PILLARS
24 ft
2.23 m2
95.01 lin. ft
28.96 lin. m
*HALF-PALLET 12 ft
Weight
*HALF-PALLET
Minimum radius
CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873
Metric
2
1.11 m2
2
FULL PALLET
PATENT
Imperial
Number of rows
FULL PALLET
47.51 lin. ft
14.48 lin. m
2 430 lbs
1 102 kg
1 230 lbs
558 kg
7 ft
2.1 m
8
*HALF-PALLET 4
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
Coverage per row
3 ft2
0.28 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.88 lin. ft
3.62 lin. m
NOTES
L2
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 21.76 ft2.
H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1
B*
unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit.
Length 2
B
Height
* Colors only available in half-pallets.
Depth Length 1
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Length 2
B*
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
01 | Linear pattern
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
D
Height Depth Length 1
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16
75 250 230 180
32 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16
75 250 300 250
24 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
75 250 300 300
8 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16
75 250 375 325
16 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4
75 250 375 350
16 units 8 right corners 8 left corners
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
152
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
chocolate brown *
onyx black *
Mini-Creta 6” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Aged with chiseled corners PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
30 ft
2.79 m2
2
Cubing
18.10 lin. m
3 100 lbs
1 4406 kg
Minimum radius
7 ft
2.1 m
Number of row
5
Coverage per row
6 ft2
0.56 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.88 lin. ft
3.62 lin. m
CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873
L2 H L1
COMPATIBLE CAPS
D
A
Height Depth Length 1
See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
Unit dimensions
Length 2
B
Height
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 27.21 ft2.
Depth Length 1 Length 2
B*
unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit
B*
Height
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
01 | Linear pattern
in
mm
Units /pallet
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16
150 250 230 180
20 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16
150 250 300 250
15 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
150 250 300 300
5 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16
150 250 375 325
10 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4
150 250 375 350
WALLS & PILLARS
PATENT
59.38 lin. ft
Weight
02 | Linear pattern
D
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
10 units 5 right corners 5 left corners
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
techo-bloc.com
Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
153
Mini-Creta 3”Architectural DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face with straight edged corners PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET Cubing
FULL PALLET
*HALF-PALLET
WALLS & PILLARS
Minimum radius CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873
Metric
24 ft
2.23 m2
95.01 lin. ft
28.96 lin. m
2
*HALF-PALLET 12 ft2
Weight
PATENT
Imperial
Number of rows
FULL PALLET
47.51 lin. ft
14.48 lin. m
2 430 lbs
1 102 kg
1 180 lbs
535 kg
7 ft
2.1 m
8
*HALF-PALLET 4
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Coverage per row
3 ft2
0.28 m2
See page 99 for product compatibility.
Linear coverage per row
11.88 lin. ft
3.62 lin. m
L2
NOTES
H
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 21.76 ft2.
B* unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit.
L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
B
Height Depth
* Colors only available in half-pallets. See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Length 1 Length 2
B*
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
D
Height Depth Length 1
techo-bloc.com
Length 2
154
1.11 m2
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
chocolate brown *
onyx black *
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16
75 250 230 180
32 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16
75 250 300 250
24 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
75 250 300 300
8 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16
75 250 375 325
16 units
2 15⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4
75 250 375 350
16 units 8 right corners 8 left corners
Mini-Creta 6”Architectural DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face with straight edged corners
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
30 ft
2.79 m2
2
Cubing
18.10 lin. m
3 100lbs
1 406 kg
Minimum radius
7 ft
2.1 m
Number of row
5
Coverage per row
6 ft2
0.56 m2
Linear coverage per row
11.88 lin. ft
3.62 lin. m
CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873
L2 H L1
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Height Depth Length 2
B
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 27.21 ft2.
B* unit can be used as a regular or vertical unit.
Unit dimensions
Length 1
See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
D
A
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
B*
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
D
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
in
mm
Units /pallet
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 9 1⁄16 7 1⁄16
150 250 230 180
20 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 13⁄16
150 250 300 250
15 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 11 13⁄16 11 13⁄16
150 250 300 300
5 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 13⁄16
150 250 375 325
10 units
5 7⁄8 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄4 13 3⁄4
150 250 375 350
WALLS & PILLARS
PATENT
59.38 lin. ft
Weight
10 units 5 right corners 5 left corners
techo-bloc.com
PALLET OVERVIEW
155
Pillar 24”Mini-Creta DESCRIPTION : Pillar TEXTURE : Aged with chiseled corners PALLET OVERVIEW
PILLAR 24"×3"
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Weight
1 547 lbs
702 kg
Number of rows
6
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
A
H L
D
Unit dimensions Height Length
Specifications per pallet
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
PILLAR 24"×6"
WALLS & PILLARS
Depth
techo-bloc.com
156
champlain grey
Units /pallet
48 units
24 units
24 units
Weight
1 500 lbs
680 kg
Number of rows
3
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
mojave beige
75 203 406
Metric
Depth
shale grey
mm
Imperial
H
sandlewood
in
2 15⁄16 8 16
Cubing
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information. L
900 mm
harvest gold
chestnut brown
900 mm in
mm
5 7⁄8 8 16
150 203 406
autumn red
Units /pallet
24 units
Pillar 24”Mini-Creta Architectural DESCRIPTION : Pillar TEXTURE : Split face with straight edged corners PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
24 units
24 units
Weight
1 510 lbs
685 kg
Pillar height
35 7⁄16
900 mm
Number of rows
3
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
mm
150 203 406
Units /pallet
24 units WALLS & PILLARS
Length
in
5 7⁄8 8 16
NOTES
sandlewood
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
157
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - MINI-CRETA 6” EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE MINI-CRETA 3" The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103.
CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (5°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
mm
mm
mm mm
Reinforced soil zone mmmm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
Reinforced soil zone
WALLS & PILLARS
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (5°) Slope: 1V:3H
mm
mm
mm
Reinforced soil Reinforced zone soil zone
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mmmm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). •
The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
• The seismic analysis was not considered. techo-bloc.com
• The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system.
158
• 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
Installation guide
2,7 m (8,9’) RETAINING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” These7patterns have been developed to capture the look of hand-laid stone. For each pattern, a ratio of quantity is provided, ⁄8" which will guide you in estimating the overall material required for a given project.
1-row pattern | Laying patterns The 1-row pattern provides five different combinations. Each combination is 8.9' (2.7 m) long and 5 7⁄8" (150 mm) high. This pattern can be used to lay the last course of units or when the other models cannot be used.
8.9' (2.7 m)
5 7/8" (150 mm) WALLS & PILLARS
MODULE
MINI-CRETA
A
B OR B*
67% of the surface - Mini-Creta 3"
4 4 4
33% of the surface - Mini-Creta 6"
1 1 1
C OR D
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
159
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”
3-row pattern | Laying patterns The 3-row pattern provides four different combinations. Each combination is 8.9' (2.7 m) long and 1711⁄16" (450 mm) high. This pattern gives a leveled surface every 17 11⁄16" (450 mm), which is the recommended spacing between two layers of geogrid in a Mini-Creta wall. This pattern is recommended when using geogrid.
8.9' (2.7 m)
17 11⁄16" (450 mm)
WALLS & PILLARS
2,7 m (8.9')
Geogrids
(when applicable)
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
160
MODULE
MINI-CRETA
A
B OR B*
78% of the surface - Mini-Creta 3"
14 14 14
22% of the surface - Mini-Creta 6"
2 2 2
C OR D
6" = 22% 3" = 78%
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”
5-row pattern | Laying patterns The 5-row pattern provides three different combinations. Each combination is 8.9' (2.7 m) long and 29 1⁄2" (750 mm) high. This pattern should only be used when geogrid is not required. 8.9' (2.7 m)
29 1⁄2" (750 mm)
WALLS & PILLARS
MODULE
MINI-CRETA
A
B OR B*
73% of the surface - Mini-Creta 3"
22 22 22
27% of the surface - Mini-Creta 6"
4 4 4
C OR D
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
161
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” MINI-CRETA 3” & 6” A.
TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. CONNECTOR D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. E. 29 7⁄16” (750 mm) MAX. F. GEOTEXTILE
WALLS & PILLARS
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation Module creation 2 2
The corner block must be cut to reveal the texture 1. Alternate odd and even rows.
Regular block Regular block
2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Cut line
Regular block Regular block
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.
Corner blockCorner cut to reveal texture block cut to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
5. It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Module creation 2 Module creation 2
Regular block Regular block
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Corner unit Corner unit
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Cut line
Module creation 1
Regular block
Module creation 2
Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit
Even row
techo-bloc.com
ODD ROWODD ROW Odd row
Corner block cut to reveal texture
Cut line
* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a corner block must always be present at the end of a row and must be alternated for each subsequent row. Regular block
162
Cut line
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Installation guide
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”
Variable Variable
Cap Cap
Cap Cap
WALLS & PILLARS
Variable Variable
Connector Connector It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
7" block EscalaEscala 7" block
3.5" block EscalaEscala 3.5" block
STEPS
MINI-CRETA 3"
MINI-CRETA 6" Variable Variable
Variable Variable Cap Cap
Cap Cap
Mini-Creta 3" block Mini-Creta 3" block
Mini-Creta 6" block Mini-Creta 6" block
Connector Connector
Variable Variable
Variable Variable
Connector Connector
Quarry Quarry StoneStone 200block mm block 200 mm
techo-bloc.com
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99. Cap Cap Cap Cap
163 Quarry Quarry StoneStone 100block mm block 100 mm
Installation guide
GRILL ISLAND 6 FT - MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6” NOTE:
WALLS & PILLARS
When installing the built-in grill, refer to the manufacturer’s instruction guide for all specifications and requirements for natural gas or propane tank location, installation and ventilation.
ELEVATION A
A.
YORK COUNTER TOP 24” × 36” × 2 1⁄4”
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED
B.
MINI-CRETA 3’’ UNIT (A, B, B*, C, OR D)
- York Counter top 24" × 36" × 2 1⁄4”: 4
C.
MINI-CRETA 6’’ UNIT (A, B, B*, C, OR D)
- Mini-Creta 3’’ unit: 32 A , 24 B , 8 B* , 14 C , 10 D
techo-bloc.com
D. PILLAR 24” × 36” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT
164
ELEVATION B
E.
PILLAR 24” × 36” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT (CUT ON FIELD)
F.
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 4350 PSI (30 MPA), 5” (125 MM) THICK
G.
4X4-4/4 (102X102-MW25.8XMW25.8) WELDED WIRE MESH AND/OR REBAR AS PER SITE CONDITIONS
H.
12’’ (300 MM) DIA. CONCRETE PILLAR, AS PER LOCAL CODE
I.
⁄4” (20 MM) CLEAN STONE 6” (150 MM) THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS
J.
NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL
3
K. GEOTEXTILE
- Mini-Creta 6’’ unit: 6 A , 6 B , 2 B* , 6 C , 6 D - Pillar 24” × 6” (Mini-Creta) unit: 28 NOTE: Appliances and utilities may vary for each project and are not shown on this drawing. This drawing is shown for inspiration only and surplus or shortage of materials may result. It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required. Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the grill island comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.
Installation guide PILLARS- MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”
610 mm (24")
610 mm (24")
MINI-CRETA
PILLAR 24"×6" MINI-CRETA
A.
PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
B.
PILLAR 24" × 3" (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. PILLAR 24" × 6" (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C.
EMBEDMENT 6" (150 mm) MIN.
C. EMBEDMENT 6" (150 mm) MIN.
D.
35 ⁄ " (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 ⁄ " (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
D. 35 7⁄16" (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 1⁄4" (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
7 16 1 4
E. GEOTEXTILE
E. GEOTEXTILE
F.
F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
PILLAR 24"×3"
WALLS & PILLARS
910 mm (36")
910 mm (36")
165
Installation guide
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
PILLARS- MINI-CRETA 3” AND 6”
166
610 mm (24")
610 mm (24")
910 mm (36")
910 mm (36")
PILLAR 24”×3” & 24”×6” MINI-CRETA - OPTION A
PILLAR 24”×3” & 24”×6” MINI-CRETA - OPTION B
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
B. PILLAR 24” × 6” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. PILLAR 24” × 3” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. PILLAR 24” × 3” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. PILLAR 24” × 6” (MINI-CRETA) UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
D. EMBEDMENT 6” (150 mm) MIN.
D. EMBEDMENT 6” (150 mm) MIN.
E. 35 7⁄16” (900 mm) 47 1⁄4” (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
E. 35 7⁄16” (900 mm) 47 1⁄4” (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
F. GEOTEXTILE
F. GEOTEXTILE
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Prescott 2.25” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
27 ft
2.51 m2
2
Cubing
43.89 lin. m
2 661 lbs
1 207 kg
Minimum radius
5.2 ft
1.6 m
Number of rows
12
Coverage per row
2.25 ft2
0.21 m2
Linear coverage per row
12 lin. ft
3.66 lin. m
COMPATIBLE CAPS
L2 H
See page 99 for product compatibility.
L1
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length 1
NOTES
Length 2
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 25.23 ft2. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
B
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.
Length 1 Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 9 7 7⁄16
57 250 229 189
36 units
2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 12 10 7⁄16
57 250 305 265
72 units
2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 15 13 7⁄16
57 250 381 341
36 units
WALLS & PILLARS
144 lin. ft
Weight
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
victoria
riviera
rock garden brown
02 | Linear pattern
coral sands
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
techo-bloc.com
01 | Linear pattern
167
Prescott 4.5” DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
27 ft
2.51 m2
2
Cubing
72 lin. ft
21.95 lin. m
Weight
2 728 lbs
1 237 kg
Minimum radius
5.2 ft
1.6 m
Number of rows
6
Coverage per row
4.50 ft2
0.42 m2
Linear coverage per row
12 lin. ft
3.66 lin. m
WALLS & PILLARS
COMPATIBLE CAPS
L2 H
See page 99 for product compatibility.
L1
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length 1
NOTES
Length 2
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 25.23 ft2. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
B
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C
Height Depth
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.
Length 1 Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 9 7 7⁄16
114 250 229 189
18 units
4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 12 10 7⁄16
114 250 305 265
36 units
4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 15 13 7⁄16
114 250 381 341
18 units
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
01 | Linear pattern
168
victoria
riviera
rock garden brown
coral sands
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
Prescott DESCRIPTION : Corners and pillars TEXTURE : Natural stone PALLET OVERVIEW
2.25"
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
72 units
72 units
Weight
1 789 lbs
811 kg
Number of rows
8
Pillar height
40 1⁄2"
H L
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth
See page 99 for product compatibility.
4.5"
Specifications per pallet
COMPATIBLE CAPS
NOTES * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
mm
Units /pallet
57 250 360
72 units
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
36 units
36 units
Weight
1 871 lbs
849 kg
Number of rows
4
Pillar height
40 1⁄2"
H L
in
2 1⁄4 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
WALLS & PILLARS
Length
1 029 mm
1 029 mm in
mm
Units /pallet
4 1⁄2 9 13⁄16 14 3⁄16
114 250 360
36 units
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.
victoria
riviera
rock garden brown
coral sands
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
techo-bloc.com
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
169
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” These patterns have been developed to capture the look of hand-laid stone. For each pattern, a ratio of quantity is provided, which will guide you in estimating the overall material required for a given project.
1-row pattern | Laying patterns
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
The single row model shows two examples of combination. Each combination is 2.438 m (8") long and 114 mm (4 1⁄2") high. This model can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other models cannot be used.
170
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED MODULE PRESCOTT
A B C
50% of the surface - Prescott 2.25"
2 4 2
50% of the surface - Prescott 4.5"
1 2 1
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”
4-row pattern | Laying patterns The 4-row model is 1,83 m (6') long and 457 mm (18") high. This model allows for a graded area at every 457 mm (18"), which corresponds to the recommended spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Prescott wall. This model is recommended when using geogrid.
Geogrids
PRESCOTT
A B C
67% of the surface - Prescott 2.25"
8 16 8
33% of the surface - Prescott 4.5"
2 4 2
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED MODULE
WALLS & PILLARS
(when applicable)
171
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”
6-row pattern | Laying patterns
WALLS & PILLARS
The 6-row model shows two combination examples. This combination is 1.829 m (6') long and 686 mm (27") high. This model should only be used where geogrid is not required.
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED MODULE
172
PRESCOTT
A B C
67% of the surface - Prescott 2.25"
12 24 12
33% of the surface - Prescott 4.5"
3 6 3
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” A. TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT, SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE B. PRESCOTT 2.25” AND 4.5” DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR Module creation creation 2 2 DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. D.Module EMBEDMENT
E.
25 1⁄2’’ (650 mm) MAX.
F. GEOTEXTILE
Regular block Regular block
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Cut line
Regular block Regular block
WALLS & PILLARS
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module Module creationcreation 2 2
Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Module creation 1
Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit
Regular block
ODD ROWODD ROW
Cut line
Module creation 2
Even row Odd row Cut line
Corner block cut to reveal texture
Cut line
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Even row Odd row
Cut line
Cut line
GENERAL NOTES 1. Alternate odd and even rows. Module creation 1
2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.
Module creation 2 Cut line
Regular block
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
Module creation 3 Cut line
Textured sides
Textured sides
4. Cavities, grooves and connectors Cut areline not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.creation 5 Module Even row
Module creation 4
Odd row Cut line
Textured
Textured sides Cut line
techo-bloc.com
Corner unit
173
Connector
Baltimore 180 mm
Installation guide
Baltimore 90 mm
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”
Variable
Variable
Cap
Cap
Connector It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
Raffinato 180 mm
Raffinato 90 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
STEPS
Variable
Cap
Connector
Prescott 2.25"
techo-bloc.com
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
174
Installation guide
PILLARS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”
WALLS & PILLARS
PRESCOTT 4.5”
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
B. PRESCOTT 2.25” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. PRESCOTT 4.5” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
D. 40 ⁄2” (1 029 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT
D. 40 1⁄2” (1 029 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT
E. GEOTEXTILE
E. GEOTEXTILE
F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
1
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
PRESCOTT 2.25”
175
Installation guide
WALLS & PILLARS
PILLARS - PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5”
techo-bloc.com
PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” OPTION A
176
PRESCOTT 2.25” & 4.5” OPTION B
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE)
B. PRESCOTT 2.25” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. PRESCOTT 2.25” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. PRESCOTT 4.5” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. PRESCOTT 4.5” PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
D. EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
E. 40 1⁄2” (1 029 mm) 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT
E. 40 1⁄2” (1 029 mm) 45” (1 143 mm), MAX. HEIGHT
F. GEOTEXTILE
F. GEOTEXTILE
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Raffinato 90 mm & 180 mm PALLET OVERVIEW - 90 mm
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
90 mm
DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Polished
23.08 ft
2.14 m2
Cubing
78.15 lin ft
23.82 lin m
Weight
1 948 lbs
884 kg
Minimum radius
8.5 ft
2.6 m
Number of rows
3
Coverage per row
7.69 ft2
0.71 m2
Linear coverage per row
26.05 lin ft
7.94 lin m
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1
60 units
Imperial
23.08 ft
2.14 m2
Cubing
39.07 lin ft
11.91 lin m
Weight
1 936 lbs
878 kg
Minimum radius
8.5 ft
2.6 m
Number of rows
3
Coverage per row
7.69 ft2
0.71 m2
Linear coverage per row
13.02 lin ft
3.97 lin m
L2 H L1
Metric 2
See page 99 for product compatibility.
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 22.06 ft2.
Units /pallet
90 248 397 362
Specifications per pallet
COMPATIBLE CAPS
NOTES
mm
180 mm
Length 2
in
3 9⁄16 9 3⁄4 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
WALLS & PILLARS
PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4
180 248 397 362
30 units
1 16 3 4
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
onyx black
greyed nickel
02 | Linear pattern
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
01 | Linear pattern
177 Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
Raffinato 90 mm & 180 mm Specifications per pallet
Imperial
24.61 ft
2.29 m2
Cubing
83.36 lin. ft
25.41 lin. m
Weight
2 060 lbs
934 kg
Minimum radius
8.5 ft
2.6 m
Number of rows
8
Coverage per row
3.08 ft2
0.29 m2
Linear coverage per row
10.42 lin. ft
3.18 lin. m
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 23.53 ft2.
2.29 m2
Cubing
Metric
41.68 lin. ft
12.70 lin. m
Weight
2 071 lbs
939 kg
Minimum radius
8.5 ft
2.6 m
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
6.15 ft2
0.57 m2
Linear coverage per row
10.42 lin. ft
3.18 lin. m
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
techo-bloc.com
64 units
24.61 ft
L1
178
Units /pallet
90 249 397 362
2
H
beige cream
mm
Imperial
L2
greyed nickel
in
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4
Specifications per pallet
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
onyx black
Metric 2
180 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
PALLET OVERVIEW 90 mm & 180 mm
90 mm
DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 15 5⁄8 14 1⁄4
180 249 397 362
32 units
1 16 13 16
Raffinato 90 & 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Pillars, corners and edges TEXTURE : Polished
Specifications per pallet 90 mm
PALLET OVERVIEW - 90 mm
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
40 units
40 units
Weight
1 559 lbs
707 kg
Number of rows
2
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
180 mm
Specifications per pallet
mm
Units /pallet
90 248 357
40 units
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
20 units
20 units
Weight
1 557 lbs
706 kg
Number of rows
2
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
H L
in
3 9⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
WALLS & PILLARS
PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm
900 mm
900 mm in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16
180 248 357
20 units
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
POLISHED
179
Raffinato 90 & 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Pillars, corners and edges TEXTURE : smooth
Specifications per pallet 90 mm
PALLET OVERVIEW - 90 mm
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Weight
1 548 lbs
702 kg
Number of rows
2
Pillar height
42 1⁄2"
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height
PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm
Length
Specifications per pallet 180 mm
WALLS & PILLARS
Depth
NOTES
techo-bloc.com
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
180
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
Units /pallet
90 249 359
48 units
Cubing
24 units
24 units
Weight
1 529 lbs
694 kg
Number of rows
2
Pillar height
42 1⁄2"
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
See page 99 for product compatibility.
mm
Metric
Depth
COMPATIBLE CAPS
in
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8
Imperial
H L
1 080 mm
1 080 mm in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8
180 249 359
24 units
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - RAFFINATO 180 MM EQUIVALENT TO TWICE THE RAFFINATO 90 mm The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103.
CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (4.4°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
WALLS & PILLARS
CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (4.4°) Slope: 1V:3H
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). •
The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
• The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
techo-bloc.com
• The seismic analysis was not considered.
181
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM These patterns have been developed to capture the look of hand-laid stone. For each pattern, a ratio of quantity is provided, which will guide you in estimating the overall material required for a given project.
1-row pattern | Laying patterns
WALLS & PILLARS
The single row model shows two examples combination. Each combination is 2.4 m (7.87") long and 180 mm (7 1â &#x201E;16") high. This model can be used for installing the last row of modules or where other models cannot be used.
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
182
MODULE
RAFFINATO
A
50 % of the surface - Raffinato 90 mm
6
50 % of the surface - Raffinato 180 mm
3
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM
3-row pattern | Laying patterns The 3-row model is 2.4 m (7.87') long and 540 mm (21 1⁄4") high. This model allows for a graded area at every 540 mm (21 1⁄4"), which corresponds to the recommended spacing between the layers of geogrid in a Raffinato wall. This model is recommended when using geogrid.
Geogrids
(when applicable)
RAFFINATO
A
67 % of the surface - Raffinato 90 mm
24
33 % of the surface - Raffinato 180 mm
6
techo-bloc.com
MODULE
WALLS & PILLARS
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
183
Installation guide
RETAINING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM
4-row pattern | Laying patterns
WALLS & PILLARS
The 4-row model shows two combination examples. This combination is 2.4 m (7,87') long and 720 mm (28 3â &#x201E;8") high. This model should only be used where geogrid is not required.
techo-bloc.com
NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED
184
MODULE
RAFFINATO
A
67 % of the surface - Raffinato 90 mm
32
33 % of the surface - Raffinato 180 mm
8
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM RAFFINATO 90 mm & 180 mm A.
TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
RAFFINATO 90 mm AND 180 mm DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. CONNECTOR Module Module creation creation 2 2 DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN. D. EMBEDMENT
E. 29 7⁄16” (750 mm) MAX. F. GEOTEXTILE
Regular block Regular block
G.
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
Cut line
Cut line
Regular block Regular block
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS
WALLS & PILLARS
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
Module Module creationcreation 2 2
Regular block Regular block Corner unit Corner unit
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Regular block Regular block
Module creation 1
Regular block
Corner unit Corner unit
Cut line
Module creation 2
ODD ROWODD ROW
Even row Odd row Cut line
Corner block cut to reveal texture
Cut line It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL Regular block
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Even row
Corner unit
Odd row
Cut line
Cut line
1. Alternate odd and even rows. Module creation 1
2. Stagger joints from one row to the next.
Module creation 2 Cut line
Regular block
3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
Module creation 3 Cut line
Textured sides
Textured sides
Cut line Module 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.creation 5 Module creation 4 Even row
Textured sides
Odd row Cut line
Textured sides
Cut line
techo-bloc.com
GENERAL NOTES
185
Installation guide
WALLS & PILLARS
PILLARS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM
RAFFINATO 180 mm
RAFFINATO 90 mm A. STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE
A.
STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. RAFFINATO 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
RAFFINATO 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C. EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.
C.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.
D. 900 mm (35 7⁄16”), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
D.
900 mm (35 7⁄16”), HEIGHT PER PALLET 1080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
E.
E.
GEOTEXTILE
F.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
GEOTEXTILE
techo-bloc.com
F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
186
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Installation guide
PILLARS - RAFFINATO 90 MM & 180 MM
WALLS & PILLARS
RAFFINATO 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION B
RAFFINATO 90 mm & 180 mm OPTION A STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE Variable
A.
STONEDGE COLLECTION PILLAR CAP UNIT, SECURE TO UNITS BELOW WITH A CONCRETE ADHESIVE Variable
B.
RAFFINATO 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B.
RAFFINATO 90 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C.
RAFFINATO 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
C.
RAFFINATO 180 mm PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
D.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.
D.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH: 150 mm (6”) MIN.
E.
900 mm (35 ⁄16”), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
E.
900 mm (35 7⁄16”), 1 080 mm (42 1⁄2”), MAXIMUM HEIGHT
90 mm F.Baltimore GEOTEXTILE
F.
GEOTEXTILE
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 150 mm (6”) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
A.
Cap
Connector
7
V
Cap
Baltimore 180 mm
STEPS Variable
Cap
Variable
techo-bloc.com
Connector
Raffinato 90 mm
Raffinato 180 mm
For all possible combinations of walls, pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Variable
V
Cap
Cap
187
R
Röcka DESCRIPTION : Wall & edge double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone) PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 1
WALLS & PILLARS
PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 2
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
19.88 ft
1.85 m2
Weight
1 860 lbs
844 kg
Number of rows
3
Coverage per row
6.63 ft2
0.62 m2
Coverage per unit
A
0.55 ft
0.05 m2
B
1.10 ft2
0.10 m2
B
1.66 ft2
0.15 m2
D2 H L
D1
2
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth 1 Depth 2
PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 3
Length
B
Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length
C
Height Depth 1 Depth 2
NOTES
Length
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
6 7 3⁄4 8 13 1⁄4
152 197 203 337
8 units
6 7 3⁄4 8 26 1⁄2
152 197 203 673
8 units
6 7 3⁄4 8 39 3⁄4
152 197 203 1 010
4 units
Röcka step
Techo-Bloc precast concrete paver/Slab
Sand Joint fill
Geotextile 12" (300 mm) Wide Röcka Wall
Sand setting bed (Concrete sand) 1" (25 mm)
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Existing Structure Compacted granular base 0-3/4" (0-20 mm)
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.
Geotextile Subgrade
techo-bloc.com
01 | Linear pattern
188
riviera
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - RÖCKA RÖCKA A. RÖCKA DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNITS SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
C.
24” (612 mm) MAX.
D.
GEOTEXTILE
E.
COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
WALLS & PILLARS
Regular block
B.
Module Creation 1
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL
Cut line
1. Alternate odd and even rows Even row Odd row
2. Stagger vertical joints by at least ¼ of the length of the block. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive.
Regular EVEN ROW block
Module Creation 1
4. Cut It isline possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns.
ODD ROW
Even row Odd row Corner unit
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT WALL
Even row
* It is possible to alternate the blocks (A, B or C) in the same row to create different patterns. However, a minimum distance of ¼ the length of the block is required between the vertical joints.
techo-bloc.com
Odd row
189
Semma DESCRIPTION : Wall double-sided TEXTURE : Split face or polished PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
40 units
40 units
26.25 ft
2.44 m2
53.33 lin ft
16.26 lin m
SPLIT FACE
2 363 lbs
1 072 kg
POLISHED
2 232 lbs
1 012 kg
57 lbs
25.90 kg
63.50 lbs
28.80 kg
2
Cubing
Weight
Weight by unit
WALLS & PILLARS
PATENT
A
CND 2,114,677 US 5,528,873
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
Metric
REGULAR
B CORNER Number of rows
5
Coverage per row
5.25 ft2/row
0.49 m2/row
Linear coverage per row
10.67 lin ft/row
3.25 lin m/row
Split Face
When building a double-sided wall one pallet will cover an average of 21.74 ft2.
L2 H
The corner unit can be used as a right or left corner unit and as a regular unit. Metric measures are approximate. See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
B
Height
CORNER
The corner units for the Semma block should be glued with a concrete adhesive.
D
REGULAR
L1
A
Depth Length 1 Length 2
in
mm
5 7⁄8 11 16 10 1⁄2
150 279 406 267
Units /pallet
30 units
5 7⁄8 11 16 10 1⁄2
150 279 406 267
10 units
in
mm
7 8 13 16
5 ⁄ 10 ⁄ 16 10 1⁄2
150 274 406 267
30 units
5 7⁄8 10 13⁄16 16 10 1⁄2
150 274 406 267
10 units
Polished L2 H D
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
REGULAR
L1
A
B CORNER
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
techo-bloc.com
SPLIT FACE
190
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
Units /pallet
POLISHED champlain grey
chestnut brown
shale grey
chestnut brown
Semma DESCRIPTION : Corner or Pillar TEXTURE : Split face or polished PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing Weight
24 units
24 units
SPIT FACE
1 403 lbs
636 kg
POLISHED
1 340 lbs
608 kg
Number of rows
4
Pillar height
35 7⁄16"
900 mm
Split Face
L
A-B
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
COMPATIBLE CAP
in
mm
5 7⁄8 10 1⁄2 16
150 266 406
Units /pallet 12 right corners
in
mm
Units /pallet
5 7⁄8 10 7⁄16 15 15⁄16
150 264 405
12 right corners
24 units 12 left corners
See page 99 for product compatibility.
WALLS & PILLARS
H D
Polished
NOTES See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
H L
D
A-B
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
24 units 12 left corners
01 | Linear pattern
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
SPLIT FACE shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
chestnut brown
shale grey
chestnut brown
techo-bloc.com
sandlewood
POLISHED
191
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - SEMMA The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103. mm
CASE N 1 O
Inclined wall (7.6°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
mm mm
mm
Reinforced soil zone
mm
mm
Reinforced soil zone Reinforced WALLS & PILLARS
Reinforced soil zone soil zone
mm mm mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
CASE NO 2 Inclined wall (7.6°) Slope: 1V:3H
mm mm mm
mm
mm
Reinforced Reinforced soil zone Reinforced
mm mm
mm mm
soil soilzone zone
mm mm mm
mm mm
Reinforced soil zone
mm mm mm
mm mm mm
mm
mm mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm mmmm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mmmm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
• Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). •
The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
techo-bloc.com
• The seismic analysis was not considered.
192
• The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
Installation guide FREESTANDING WALLS - SEMMA SEMMA A.
TECHO-BLOC CAP UNIT SECURED TO UNIT BELOW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE
B. SEMMA DOUBLE-SIDED WALL UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. CONNECTOR D.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH, 6” (150 mm) MIN.
Module Module creationcreation 2 72
E.
29 ⁄16” (750 mm) MAX.
F. GEOTEXTILE Regular block Regular block
G. COMPACTED GRANULAR LEVELING PAD, 12” (300 mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
EVEN ROW EVEN ROW
Cut line
Cut line
Regular block Regular block
90° CORNER OF A DOUBLE-SIDED WALL Module creation 1
Regular block
DOUBLE-SIDED WALL RADIUS
WALLS & PILLARS
Corner block cut to block revealcut texture Corner to reveal texture
ODD ROWODD ROW
Module creation 2
Module Module creationcreation 2 2
Even row
Module creation 1
Odd row Regular block
Module creation 2
Cut line
CornerRegular block cut block Regular block to reveal Even rowtexture
Cut line
Odd row
Corner unit Corner unit
Cut line
Corner block cut EVEN ROW EVEN ROW to reveal texture
Regular block
Cut line
Cut line
Cut line
Regular block Regular block
Corner unit Corner unit
ODD ROWODD ROW Regular block Even row
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Cut line
Odd row
Corner unit
Cut line
It is the user’s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
Even row Cut line
Odd row
Corner unit
Cut line
DOUBLE-SIDED Module WALL - END OF A STRAIGHT ModuleWALL creation 3 creation 1 Module creation 2 Module creation 1 Regular block
Even row
Cut line
Module creationTextured 2 sides Cut line
Module creation 4
Cut line
Cut line Module
Textured sides
Module creation 3 Cut line
Textured sides
Odd row Even row
Cut line
Module
Textured creationsides 5 Textured sides
creation Textured 4
Module creationCut 5 line
Textured sides
Cut line
sides
Textured sides
Odd row Cut line
Regular block
Regular block
Even row Odd row
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Module creation 1
Module creation 2
Cut line
Cut line
1. Alternate odd and even rows. 2. Stagger joints from one row to the next. 3. Glue all modules at each row with a concrete adhesive. 4. Cavities, grooves and connectors are not illustrated to avoid overloading the image.
Cut line
Even row Odd row
GENERAL NOTES
techo-bloc.com
Cut line
Regular block
193 Cut line
Installation guide PILLARS - SEMMA
WALLS & PILLARS
673 mm (26 1/2")
975 mm (38 1/2")
SEMMA A. PILLAR CAP UNIT (SECURE WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE) B. SEMMA PILLAR UNIT SECURE EACH ROW WITH CONCRETE ADHESIVE C. EMBEDMENT 6” (150 mm) MIN. D. 35 7⁄16” (900 mm), HEIGHT PER PALLET 47 1⁄4” (1200 mm), MAXIMUM HEIGHT E. GEOTEXTILE F. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 6” (150mm) THICK MIN. THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
For all possible combinations of pillars and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
techo-bloc.com
STEPS
194
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
Suprema DESCRIPTION : Wall TEXTURE : Split face PALLET OVERVIEW
SPLIT FACE & SCULPTED
Specifications per pallet
24 ft
2.23 m2
36 lin. ft
10.97 lin. m
Weight
2 560 lbs
1 161 kg
Minimum radius
6 ft
1.82 m
Number of rows
3
Coverage per row
8 ft2/row
0.74 m2/row
Linear coverage per row
12 lin. ft/row
3.66 lin. m/row
H L
Metric
2
D
A
Unit dimensions
in
mm
Units /pallet
Height
8 12 18
203 305 457
21 units
8 12 18
203 305 457
3 units
Depth
See page 99 for product compatibility.
Length
NOTES The corners for Suprema have no grooves to accommodate the inserts and must therefore be glued with a concrete adhesive.
B
Height Depth Length
WALLS & PILLARS
COMPATIBLE CAPS
Cubing
Imperial
The corners can be used as right or left corner units or as a regular unit.
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
techo-bloc.com
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
195
Installation guide
RETAINING WALL DESIGN CHART - SUPREMA The information contained in the design charts is supplied for information purposes only. Techo-Bloc and its predecessors, successors, beneficiaries, employees, associates, administrators and insurers can not under any circumstances be held liable for the incorrect use of information contained in design charts. This chart should be read in conjunction with the notes on page 103.
CASE NO 1 Inclined wall (4.5°) Surcharge: 6 kPa
mm
mm
mm
Reinforced soil zone
mm
WALLS & PILLARS
mm
Reinforced soil zone
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
CASE N 2 O
Inclined wall (4.5°) Slope: 1V:3H
mm
mm
Reinforced soil zone
mm mm
mm
Reinforced soil zone mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm
mm mm
mm mm
THE DESIGN CHARTS WERE DEVELOPED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: • Geogrid layout determined as per the requirements of the “Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Walls, 3rd Edition” from the National Concrete Masonry Association. • Geogrid type Miragrid® 3XT from Tencate Mirafi. • Soil parameters: reinforced soil (φ = 36°, γ = 21 kN/m3); retained soil (φ = 28°, γ = 20 kN/m3); foundation soil (φ= 28°, γ = 19 kN/m3). • The bearing capacity of the soil, settlement, and global stability must be verified and validated by a qualified geotechnical engineer. techo-bloc.com
• The seismic analysis was not considered.
196
• The hydrostatic pressure is not considered. The wall must be provided with an adequate drainage system. • 6 kPa (125 psf) surcharge (cars and light trucks). • The design charts do not apply to tiered walls. For further information, please contact our technical service department. Email: WALLS@TECHO-BLOC.COM Web site: WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
Installation guide STEPS - SUPREMA
techo-bloc.com
WALLS & PILLARS
For all possible combinations of walls and caps, please refer to the correspondence table on page 99.
197
NEW
Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Double-sided wall TEXTURE : Travertine
WALLS & PILLARS
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
31.75 ft /pal
2.95 m2 /pal
63.5 lin. ft /pal
19.36 lin. m /pal
Weight
2 850 lbs
1 292 kg
Number of rows
4
Coverage per units
0.66 ft2/unit
0.06 m2/unit
Coverage per row
7.94 ft2/row
0.74 m2/row
Linear coverage per row
15.88 lin. ft/row
4.84 lin. m/row
COMPATIBLE CAPS See page 99 for product compatibility.
H D
L
NOTES
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
01 | Linear pattern
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material. Visit our werbsite for more patterns.
techo-bloc.com
Unit dimensions Height Length
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.
198
A
Depth
riviera
rock garden brown
Metric 2
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
in
mm
Units /pallet
6 7 15⁄16 15 7⁄8
152 202 403
48 units
NEW
Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Corners and pillars TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
24 units
24 units
Weight
1 535 lbs
696 kg
Number of rows
2
Pillar height
36”
H D
L
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
See page 99 for product compatibility.
NOTES
in
mm
Units /pallet
6 7 15⁄16 15 7⁄8
152 202 403
24 units WALLS & PILLARS
Length
COMPATIBLE CAPS
914 mm
The dimensional tolerance for Stonedge wet cast retaining wall units is: + 3⁄16” (5 mm) for height and + 1⁄2” (13 mm) for length and width. During the installation, the level between adjacent wall units will vary (usually more than for a dry cast wall unit) in order to obtain a more realistic appearance of a natural stone wall.
riviera
rock garden brown
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
techo-bloc.com
See page 95 to page 116 for more technical information.
199
STEPS &CAPS
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS (WALLS, COUNTERS AND PILLARS), POOL COPPING & OVERLAY SYSTEMS
200
Compatibility Charts
York 32"×32"
York 28"×28"
Raffinato 90 mm
York
Raffinato 60 mm
Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28”
Prima 14"
Piedimonte 28"×28"
Piedimonte
Graphix cap
Escala 3.5"
Bullnose Grande
Bullnose
Portofino
Baltimore 90 & 180 mm
Brandon cap
CAPS Architectural cap
WALLS & PILLARS
Borealis does not require a cap Brandon 90 & 180 mm
Brandon 90 & 180 mm pillar
Escala 3.5”
G-Force
Graphix
Manchester
Mini-Creta Collection
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Raffinato Pillar Collection
Prescott Pillar Collection
Raffinato Collection
Mini-Creta Pillar 24" Collection Prescott Collection
Röcka does not require a cap Semma
Semma Pillar
Suprema Travertina Raw
Travertina Raw pillar
NOTE: The combinations shown in this chart are not complete. Other possible combinations exist.
Wall double-sided Counter top
Pillar
LEGEND: NEW PRODUCT
techo-bloc.com
Pool coping Wall single-sided
Venetian
Blu 45 mm
York 32"×32"
York 28"×28"
York 24"×36"
York 14"×48"
Concrete & step overlay system
Travertina Raw 12”×30” Travertina Raw 14”×28” York wall caps 16", 32", 48"
Piedimonte 14"×30"
Raffinato 90 mm
Piedimonte 12"×30"
Raffinato 60 mm
Graphix cap
Prima 14"
Escala
Portofino
Bullnose Grande
Piedimonte 28"×28"
Bullnose
Brandon cap
Step
Bali Travertina Raw
CAPS
Architectural cap
APPLICATIONS
201
Installation guide
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
POOL COPING
techo-bloc.com
POOL COPING INSTALLATION Typical cross section
202
A.
TECHO-BLOC POOL COPING AND PAVER SECURED TO CONCRETE SLAB WITH ADHESIVE OR MORTAR
B.
CONCRETE DECK 39" (1 m) WIDE BY 4" (100 mm) THICK MIN.
C.
WELDED WIRE MESH, 6 X 6 - W1.4/W1.4 (152 X 152 MW9.1 X MW9.1)
D.
FLEXIBLE PIPE, 1 1⁄2" (40 mm) DIAM.
E.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 2" (50 mm) THICK MIN.
F.
CONCRETE PILLAR, 6" (150 mm) DIAM.
G.
SAND BACKFILL
H.
STRUT
I.
POOL PANEL
J.
POOL LINER
K.
PERFORATED DRAIN, 4" (100 mm) DIAM. WRAPPED WITH A GEOTEXTILE
L.
BEDDING COURSE, 1" (25 mm)
M.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) (see table page 242 for thickness)
N.
STEEL ROD 3⁄8" (10 mm) ANCHORED TO SUBGRADE
O.
CONCRETE FOOTING, 4" (100 mm) THICK MIN.
Installation guide
OVERLAY OF EXISTING CONCRETE STEPS VENETIAN CAP, RISER AND SLAB BLU 45 MM OPTION 1: 7" (178 MM) HIGH RISER
A. Venetian Cap B. Venetian Riser (cut if the riser height is less than 7") C. Blu 45 mm Slab (3 sizes) D. Adhesive E. Techo-Bloc Pavers or Slabs F. Setting bed G. Compacted granular base 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) H. Rigid insulation I. Steel angle anchored to concrete J. Concrete stairway
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
STEP OVERLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION Typical cross section
OPTION 2: 5 7⁄8" (150 MM) TO 7 7⁄8" (200 MM) HIGH RISER A. Venetian Cap B. Sawn Venetian Riser (depending on the height of the riser) C. Blu 45 mm Slab (3 sizes) D. Adhesive E. Techo-Bloc Pavers or Slabs F. Setting bed G. Compacted granular base 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) H. Rigid insulation I. Steel angle anchored to concrete
STEP OVERLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION Typical cross section
techo-bloc.com
J. Concrete stairway
203
Borealis DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
32 lin. ft/pal
9.76 lin. m/pal
Weight
3 073 lbs
1 394 kg
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
8 lin. ft
2.44 lin. m
Linear coverage per units
4 lin. ft
1.22 lin. m
D2 H D1
L
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length
in
mm
6 15 3⁄4 16 48
152 400 406 1 219
Units /pallet
8 units
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
NOTES
204
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
STEPS
smoked pine
hazelnut brandy
sauvignon oak
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
A.
BOREALIS STEP UNIT
B.
TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER
C.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK
D.
SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)
E.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
F.
GEOTEXTILE
G.
PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES
H.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)
Maya DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Natural stone (Slate) PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
1 unit
1 unit
Weight
715 lbs
324 kg
Number of rows
1
Coverage (Approx.)
10.6 ft2/unit
0.98 m2/unit
Linear coverage (Approx.)
4 lin. ft/pal
1.22 lin. m/pal
H L
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
in
mm
6 32 48
152 813 1219
Units /pallet
1 unit
NOTES STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
riviera
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
A.
MAYA STEP UNIT
B.
SETTING BED ½’’ (12 MM) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)
C.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3/4’’ (0-20 MM) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
D.
GEOTEXTILE
E.
PERFORATED DRAIN 4’’ (100 MM) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES
F.
CLEAN STONE ¾’’ (20 MM)
techo-bloc.com
STEPS
205
Raffinato DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
9 units
9 units
Weight
3 236 lbs
1 468 kg
Number of rows
3
Linear coverage per row
10.5 lin. ft
3.2 lin. m
Linear coverage per pallet
31.5 lin. ft
9.6 lin. m
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Length
in
mm
7 ⁄ 14 ⁄ 42
180 368 1 067
1 16 1 2
Units /pallet
NOTES
A.
RAFFINATO STEP UNIT
B.
TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER
C.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK
D.
SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)
E.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
techo-bloc.com
F. GEOTEXTILE
206
9 units
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
G.
PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES
H.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)
Röcka DESCRIPTION : Steps TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone)
Specifications per pallet 48" DOUBLE-SIDED
PALLET OVERVIEW - 48"
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
8 units
8 units
Linear coverage per pallet
32 lin. ft
9.76 lin. m
Weight
2 770 lbs
1 256 kg
Number of rows
4
Linear coverage per row
8 lin. ft/row
D2 H L
D1
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth 1
PALLET OVERVIEW - 60"
Depth 2 Length
60"
mm
6 14 7⁄8 14 1⁄8 48
152 378 359 1 219
Units /pallet
8 units
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
2 units
2 units
Linear coverage per pallet
10 lin. ft/pal
3.05 lin. m/pal
Weight
1 020 lbs
463 kg
Number of rows
1
D2 H L
in
D1
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth 1 Depth 2
NOTES
Length
in
mm
6 15 1⁄4 14 5⁄8 60
152 387 371 1 524
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Specifications per pallet
2.44 lin. m/row
Units /pallet
2 units
Röcka 48" is a double-sided step. Each side has slight natural texture differences. Please take that into consideration when installing them side by side. We recommend keeping the same texture together.
Röcka
Please note that there is a slight vertical angle on the front and back faces of the step 3⁄8", from the bottom to the top of the step.
Wall & Edge
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
riviera
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
techo-bloc.com
When building a staircase, the Röcka wall can be used to complete the sides and act as part of a structural system. See the product specifications on page 188.
To achieve a natural appearance, stone dimensions can vary up to 1⁄4" in width.
207
Installation guide STEPS
RÖCKA
A.
RÖCKA STEP UNIT
B.
TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER
C.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK
D.
SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)
E.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
F. GEOTEXTILE
208
G.
PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES
H.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)
York 60" DESCRIPTION : Step TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
2 units
2 units
Linear coverage per pallet
10 lin. ft/pal
3.05 lin. m/pal
Weight
1 029 lbs
467 kg
Number of rows
1
H L
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
in
mm
6 15 60
152 381 1 524
Units /pallet
2 units
NOTES STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
York is a single sided step chiseled on 3 sides. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
riviera
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
A.
YORK STEP UNIT
B.
TECHO-BLOC CONCRETE PAVER
C.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm) THICK
D.
SETTING BED 1⁄2" (12 mm) MAX. TO COMPACT (AS REQUIRED FOR ALIGNMENT)
E.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) THICKNESS ACCORDING TO PROJECT SPECIFIC CONDITIONS
F.
GEOTEXTILE
G.
PERFORATED DRAIN 4" (100 mm) DIA. CONNECTED TO SERVICES
H.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm)
techo-bloc.com
NOTES
209
Blu 45 mm DESCRIPTION : Concrete Overlay System TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
127.44 ft
11.84 m2
Weight
2 607 lbs
1 183 kg
Number of rows
12
Coverage per row
10.62 ft2/row
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
NOTES
techo-bloc.com
Length
Blu 45 mm should only be used to overlay existing concrete patios.
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
210
Depth
See page 203 for more technical information.
sandlewood
02 | Modular pattern
shale grey
mojave beige
Metric 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 3⁄4 13 6 1⁄2
45 330 165
48 units
1 3⁄4 13 13
45 330 330
48 units
1 3⁄4 13 19 1⁄2
45 330 495
24 units
03 | Linear pattern
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
0.99 m2/row
autumn red
Blu 45 mm DESCRIPTION : Concrete Overlay System TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
127.44 ft
11.84 m2
Weight
2 631 lbs
1 193 kg
Number of rows
12
Linear coverage per row
10.62 ft2
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height
NOTES
Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
01 | Modular pattern
02 | Modular pattern
0.99 m2 in
mm
Units /pallet
1 3⁄4 13 6 1⁄2
45 330 165
48 units
1 3⁄4 13 13
45 330 330
48 units
1 3⁄4 13 19 1⁄2
45 330 495
24 units
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Blu 45 mm should only be used to overlay existing concrete patios. See page 203 for more technical information.
Metric 2
03 | Linear pattern
shale grey
champlain grey
chestnut brown
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Patterns are for design inspiration only. The installer is responsible to calculate & purchase the correct amount of material.
211
Venetian DESCRIPTION : Step Overlay System TEXTURE : Slate
Specifications per pallet RISER
PALLET OVERVIEW - RISER
PALLET OVERVIEW - CAP
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Linear coverage per pallet
64 lin. ft
19.52 lin. m
Weight
801 lbs
363 kg
Units
1.33 lin. ft
0.41 lin. m
Number of rows
4
Linear coverage per row
16 lin. ft
L
Unit dimensions
A
H D
Height Depth
Specifications per pallet CAP
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Length
NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. See page 203 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
212
mojave beige
champlain grey
45 178 406
Units /pallet
48 units
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Linear coverage per pallet
64 lin. ft
19.52 lin. m
Weight
1 595 lbs
723 kg
Units
1.33 lin. ft
0.41 lin. m
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
8 lin. ft
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
shale grey
mm
Metric
Depth
sandlewood
in
1 3â &#x201E;4 7 16
Imperial
H L
4.88 lin. m
harvest gold
chestnut brown
2.44 lin. m in
mm
1 3â &#x201E;4 14 16
45 356 406
autumn red
Units /pallet
48 units
Venetian DESCRIPTION : Step Overlay System TEXTURE : Smooth
PALLET OVERVIEW - CAP
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Linear coverage per pallet
62.52 lin. ft
19.06 lin. m
Weight
811 lbs
368 kg
Units
1.30 lin. ft
0.40 lin. m
Number of rows
4
Linear coverage per row
15.63 lin. ft
A
H L
D
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
CAP
NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. See page 203 for more technical information.
chestnut brown
greyed nickel
48 units
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Linear coverage per pallet
62.52 lin. ft
19.06 lin. m
Weight
1 500 lbs
680 kg
Units
1.30 lin. ft
0.40 lin. m
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
7.81 lin. ft
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Length
champlain grey
Units /pallet
45 178 397
Metric
Depth
shale grey
mm
Imperial
H L
in
1 3⁄4 7 15 5⁄8
beige cream
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Specifications per pallet
4.76 lin. m
2.38 lin. m
in
mm
Units /pallet
1 3⁄4 14 15 5⁄8
45 356 397
48 units
techo-bloc.com
Specifications per pallet RISER
PALLET OVERVIEW - RISER
213
Architectural DESCRIPTION : Cap Double-Sided TEXTURE : Split Face PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
66 lin. ft
20.12 lin. m
Weight
2 390 lbs
1 084 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
8.25 lin. ft
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
B
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
COMPATIBLE WALLS
Height Depth Length 1
See page 201 for product compatibility.
Length 2
The C* unit can be used as left and right corner units. It can also be used as a regular unit.
C
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
C*
Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
techo-bloc.com
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 8 7⁄8 6 1⁄2
75 317 225 165
24 units
2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 11 13⁄16 9 7⁄16
75 317 300 240
24 units
2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 14 3⁄4 12 3⁄8
75 317 375 315
8 units
2 15⁄16 12 1⁄2 14 3⁄4 13 9⁄16
75 317 375 345
16 units
NOTES
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
214
2.51 lin. m
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
onyx black
harvest gold
chestnut brown
chocolate brown
autumn red
Installation guide CAP RADIUS - ARCHITECTURAL
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
It is the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
215
NEW
Bali Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Bullnose Pool coping TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
28 units
28 units
Linear coverage per pallet
37.33 lin. ft
11.38 lin. m
Weight
1 128 lbs
512 kg
Number of rows
1
Linear coverage per row
37.33 lin. ft
H1
H2 L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height 1 Height 2 Depth Length
NOTES STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Palletized upright. Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. * For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
techo-bloc.com
See page 202 for more technical information.
216
riviera
rock garden brown
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
11.38 lin. m in
mm
2 â &#x201E; 2 â &#x201E; 12 16
57 70 305 406
1 4 3 4
Units /pallet
28 units
Brandon DESCRIPTION : Cap TEXTURE : Slate BRANDON CAP ‐ PALLET OVERVIEW
PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
24 lin. ft
7.32 lin. m
Weight
1 213 lbs
550 kg
Linear coverage per row
24 lin. ft
7.32 lin. m
1 lin. ft =.75 units
1 lin. m =2.46 units
L2 H
L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
3 9⁄16 14 16
90 356 406
Units /pallet
18 units
COMPATIBLE WALLS
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
onyx black
techo-bloc.com
sandlewood
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
See page 201 for product compatibility.
217
Bullnose DESCRIPTION : Cap and pool coping TEXTURE : Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet FULL PALLET
Cubing
Linear coverage per pallet
Imperial
Metric
180 units
180 units
88.60 lin. ft
27 lin. m
*HALF-PALLET 90 units
90 units
Linear coverage per pallet
44.30 lin. ft
13.50 lin. m
Units
2 units/lin. ft
6.56 units/lin. m
2 454 lbs
1 113 kg
FULL PALLET
Weight
*HALF-PALLET 1 250 lbs Number of rows
FULL PALLET
567 kg
4
*HALF-PALLET 2
22.15 lin. ft
Linear coverage per row
COMPATIBLE WALLS
1 lin. ft =2.03 units 1 lin. m =6.67 units
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
See page 201 for product compatibility. H
NOTES
6.75 lin. m
L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
* Colors only available in half-pallets.
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 12 5 7⁄8
60 305 150
180 units
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
techo-bloc.com
See page 202 for more technical information.
218
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
onyx black *
harvest gold
chestnut brown
chocolate brown *
Bullnose Grande DESCRIPTION : Cap and pool coping TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
12 units
12 units
Linear coverage per pallet
29.53 lin. ft
9 lin. m
Weight
940 lbs
426 kg
Number of rows
6
Linear coverage per row
4.92 lin. ft
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
1.50 lin. m
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 14 ⁄ 29 1⁄2
56 357 750
12 units
3 16 1 16
COMPATIBLE WALLS See page 201 for product compatibility.
See page 202 for more technical information.
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
NOTES
219
Escala 3.5" DESCRIPTION : Cap Double-Sided TEXTURE : Smooth surface, split & aged edge PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
56.70 lin. ft
17.28 lin. m
Weight
3 007 lbs
1 363 kg
Number of rows
7
Linear coverage per row
8.10 lin. ft/row
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
B
Height
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Depth Length 1
COMPATIBLE WALLS
Length 2
techo-bloc.com
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 14 15⁄16 8 7⁄8 6 1⁄2
90 380 225 165
21 units
3 9⁄16 14 15⁄16 11 13⁄16 9 7⁄16
90 380 300 240
21 units
3 9⁄16 14 15⁄16 14 3⁄4 12 3⁄8
90 380 375 315
See page 201 for product compatibility.
C
NOTES
Height Depth
The corner caps can also be used as a regular unit.
Length 1 Length 2
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
220
2.47 lin. m/row
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
21 units 7 right corners 7 left corners 7 regular units
Graphix DESCRIPTION : Reversible Cap TEXTURE : Split Face and Smooth PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
28 units
28 units
46.67 lin. ft
14.22 lin. m
Units
0.60 unit/lin. ft
1.97 unit/lin. m
Weight
1 950 lb
885 kg
Number of rows
7
Linear coverage per row
6.67 lin. ft
2.03 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 0.60 unit
1.96 lin. m/unit
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
COMPATIBLE WALLS
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 15â &#x201E;16 14 20
75 355 508
28 units
See page 201 for product compatibility. STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
split face side
NOTES Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. smooth side
SMOOTH SIDE beige cream
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
onyx black
techo-bloc.com
greyed nickel
SPLIT SIDE
221
Piedimonte DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Thermal
Specifications per pallet 12"×30" WALL CAP
PALLET OVERVIEW - 12"×30"
PALLET OVERVIEW - 14"×30"
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
80 lin. ft
24.39 lin. m
Weight
2 004 lbs
909 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
10 lin. ft
H L
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth Length
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
PALLET SIDE VIEW - 28"×28"
14"×30" WALL & STEP CAP
Specifications per pallet
60 lin. ft
18.29 lin. m
1 840 lbs
835 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
7.5 lin. ft
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height
28"×28" PILLAR CAP
2.29 lin. m
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 14 30
57 356 762
24 units
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
6 units
6 units
Weight
1 434 lbs
650 kg
Number of rows
6
H L
32 units
Weight
Specifications per pallet
NOTES
Units /pallet
57 298 762
Metric
Length
See page 201 for product compatibility.
mm
Imperial
Depth
COMPATIBLE WALLS
in
2 1⁄4 11 3⁄4 30
Cubing
H L
3.05 lin. m
D
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 7⁄8 28 28
73 711 711
6 units
techo-bloc.com
To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4".Metric measures are approximate.
222
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
riviera
onyx black
rock garden brown
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
Portofino DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone) PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
50.22 lin. ft
15.30 lin. m
Weight
1 712 lbs
777 kg
Number of rows
7
Linear coverage per row
7.17 lin. ft
L2 H L1
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length 1 Length 2
B
Height Depth
COMPATIBLE WALLS
Length 1
NOTES
Length 2
C
Height
D
Depth
You can use the cap as a left or right corner. It can also be used as a regular unit. Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
Length 1 Length 2
D
Height Depth
To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4". Metric measures are approximate.
Length 1 Length 2
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 11 3⁄4 9 3⁄8
57 368 298 238
14 units
2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 15 7⁄8 13 3⁄4
57 368 403 349
14 units
2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 18 13⁄16 16 1⁄2
57 368 478 419
7 units
2 1⁄4 14 1⁄2 19 19
57 368 483 483
7 units
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
See page 201 for product compatibility.
2.19 lin. m
riviera
onyx black
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
azzurro
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
techo-bloc.com
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
223
Installation guide
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
CAP RADIUS - PORTOFINO
224
It is the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to verify for the quantity of materials required.
Prima 14" DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth surface, split and aged edge PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
64 lin. ft
19.51 lin. m
Weight
2 680 lbs
1 216 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
8 lin. ft
2.44 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 0.75 unit
1 lin. m = 2.46 units
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height
COMPATIBLE WALLS
Depth Length
See page 201 for product compatibility.
in
2 â &#x201E; 14 16
15 16
mm
75 356 406
Units /pallet
48 units
NOTES
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
225
Prima 14" DESCRIPTION : Cap Double-Sided TEXTURE : Polished PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Weight
2 680 lbs
1 216 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per pallet
64 lin. ft
19.51 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
8 lin. ft
2.44 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 0.75 unit
1 lin. m = 2.46 units
H L
D
A
Length
See page 201 for product compatibility.
techo-bloc.com
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
NOTES
226
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
chestnut brown
Height Depth
COMPATIBLE WALLS
shale grey
Unit dimensions
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
in
mm
2 15⁄16 13 3⁄4 16
75 350 406
Units /pallet
48 units
Raffinato 14"×28" DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Smooth
Specifications per pallet 14"×28"
PALLET OVERVIEW - 14×28
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
24 units
24 units
Weight
2 783 lbs
1 262 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per pallet
56 lin. ft
17.07 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
7 lin. ft
2.13 lin. m
L
Unit dimensions
A
H D
Height Depth Length
COMPATIBLE WALLS
in
3 ⁄ 14 28
9 16
mm
Units /pallet
90 356 711
24 units
NEW
NOTES By placing two units side by side, you will obtain a 28" pillar cap.
14"×28"
Specifications per pallet
14"
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
24 units
24 units
Weight
1 869 lbs
848 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per pallet
56 lin. ft
17.07 lin. m
Linear coverage per row
7 lin. ft
2.13 lin. m
28" H L
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
See page 201 for product compatibility.
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
28"
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 3⁄8 14 28
60 356 711
24 units
COMPATIBLE PILLARS
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
sandlewood
shale grey
chestnut brown
champlain grey
techo-bloc.com
See page 201 for product compatibility.
227
NEW
Travertina Raw DESCRIPTION : Cap double-sided TEXTURE : Travertine PALLET OVERVIEW 12X30
12X30"
Specifications per pallet
PALLET OVERVIEW 14X28
Cubing
Imperial
Metric
32 units
32 units
80 lin. ft
24.38 m. lin
Weight
2 076 lbs
942 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
10 lin. ft/row
H D
L
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
14X28"
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Specifications per pallet
COMPATIBLE WALLS See page 201 for product compatibility.
Cubing
57 298 762
32 units
Metric
24 units
24 units
1 780 lbs
807 kg
Number of rows
8
Linear coverage per row
7 lin. ft/row
H D
L
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
28"
techo-bloc.com
2 ⁄ 11 ⁄ 30
17.07 m. lin
28"
228
Units /pallet
56 lin. ft
14"
rock garden brown
mm
1 4 3 4
Imperial
Length
riviera
in
Weight
NOTES By placing two units side by side, you will obtain a 28" pillar cap.
3.05 lin. m/row
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
2.13 lin. m/row
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 14 28
57 356 711
24 units
York DESCRIPTION : Pillar cap double-sided TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges
Specifications per pallet 28"X28"
PALLET SIDE VIEW - 28" and 32"
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
6 units
6 units
Weight
1 676 lbs
760 kg
Number of rows
6
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
See page 201 for product compatibility.
Specifications per pallet 32"X32"
COMPATIBLE PILLARS - YORK 28"
Units /pallet
89 730 730
6 units
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
6 units
6 units
Weight
2 083 lbs
945 kg
Number of rows
6
See page 201 for product compatibility.
H L
mm
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth
NOTES
Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 1⁄2 32 32
89 813 813
6 units
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
COMPATIBLE PILLARS - YORK 32"
in
3 1⁄2 28 3⁄4 28 3⁄4
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4".
riviera
onyx black
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
techo-bloc.com
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
229
York DESCRIPTION : Wall cap double-sided TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges
Specifications per pallet 14"×16" 14"×32" 14"×48"
PALLET OVERVIEW 14"×16", 14"×32" & 14"×48"
PALLET OVERVIEW - 14×48
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 lin. ft
14.63 lin. m
Weight
1 597 lbs
724 kg
Number of rows
1
Linear coverage per palett
48 lin. ft
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B*
Height Depth
STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Length
14.63 lin. m
in
mm
2 1⁄4 14 16
57 356 406
Units /pallet
6 units
2 1⁄4 14 32
57 356 813
6 units
*Double sided unit with finished texture at one end
COMPATIBLE WALLS
C
Height
See page 201 for product compatibility.
Depth Length
2 1⁄4 14 48
57 356 1 219
6 units
NOTES Palletized upright.
To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4".
Specifications per pallet 14"×48"
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety.
Metric measures are approximate.
techo-bloc.com
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
230
riviera
onyx black
rock garden brown
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 lin. ft
14.63 lin. m
Weight
1 582 lbs
718 kg
Number of rows
1
Linear coverage per unit
4 lin. ft
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
chocolate brown
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
1.22 lin. m in
mm
2 1⁄4 14 48
57 356 1 219
Units /pallet
12 units
York 24"×36" DESCRIPTION : Countertop TEXTURE : Limestone surface with chiseled edges on the four sides PALLET OVERVIEW
24"x 36"
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
16 units
16 units
Weight
2 595 lbs
1 177 kg
Number of rows
1
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 1⁄4 24 36
57 610 914
16 units
NOTES Palletized upright. STEPS, CAPS & OVERLAY SYSTEM
Techo-Bloc always recommends gluing the caps with concrete adhesive to ensure stability and safety. To acheive a natural appearance, stone dimension can vary up to 1⁄4". Metric measures are approximate.
riviera
onyx black
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
ivory
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
techo-bloc.com
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
231
EDGES
techo-bloc.com
EDGES & BORDERS
232
Installation guide
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC AVIGNON EDGE H. NAIL I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. GEOTEXTILE K. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH AVIGNON EDGE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC BELGIK EDGE H. PLASTIC EDGE J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)
EDGES
I. NAIL
K. GEOTEXTILE L. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH BELGIK EDGE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC BOREALIS EDGE H. PLASTIC EDGE J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE L. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH BOREALIS EDGE
techo-bloc.com
I. NAIL
233
Installation guide
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC BRANDON EDGE H. PLASTIC EDGE I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE L. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH BRANDON EDGE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC PIETRA EDGE EDGES
H. NAIL I. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) J. GEOTEXTILE K. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH PIETRA EDGE A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC RAFFINATO 90 mm EDGE
techo-bloc.com
H.
234
PLASTIC EDGE
I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE L. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH RAFFINATO 90 mm EDGE
Installation guide
INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC RAFFINATO 180 mm EDGE H.
PLASTIC EDGE
I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH RAFFINATO 180 mm EDGE
L. SUBGRADE
A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC RÖCKA EDGE H.
PLASTIC EDGE
J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)
EDGES
I. NAIL
K. GEOTEXTILE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH RÖCKA EDGE
L. SUBGRADE
A. TECHO-BLOC PRECAST CONCRETE PAVER 2 3⁄8" (60 mm) THICK MIN. B. SAND JOINT FILL C. SAND SETTING BED (CONCRETE SAND) 1" (25 mm) D. GEOTEXTILE 12" (300 mm) WIDE E. EXTRA WIDTH EQUAL TO FOUNDATION THICKNESS F. LAWN G. TECHO-BLOC TUNDRA EDGE I. NAIL J. COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) K. GEOTEXTILE L. SUBGRADE
TYPICAL PAVER CROSS SECTION WITH TUNDRA EDGE
techo-bloc.com
H. PLASTIC EDGE
235
Avignon DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Chiseled top and one sculpted side PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
90 units
90 units
Linear coverage per pallet
90 lin. ft
27.44 lin. m
Weight
2 785 lbs
1 263 kg
Number of rows
6
Linear coverage per row
15 lin. ft
4.57 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 1 unit
1 lin. m = 3.28 units
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES The Avignon and Pietra edges come with a plastic edge restraint system that can receive an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail.
EDGES
The edge restraint is easily inserted in the back groove of the block and secures the block in place with the use of an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail. Nail is not included. See page 233 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
PLASTIC EDGE RESTRAINT SYSTEM. (Nail is not included)
236
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 4 1â &#x201E;2 12
178 114 305
90 units
Belgik DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Split face and aged PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
120 units
120 units
Linear coverage per pallet
98.43 lin. ft
30 lin. m
Weight
2 610 lbs
1 184 kg
Number of rows
6
Linear coverage per row
16.40 lin. ft
5 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 1.22 units
1 lin. m = 4 units
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
6 15⁄16 3 15⁄16 9 13⁄16
177 100 250
120 units
NOTES The Belgik border can be installed with mortar joints. See page 233 for more technical information.
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
techo-bloc.com
EDGES
sandlewood
237
Borealis DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Wood PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
32 ft
2.97 m2
Linear coverage per pallet
64 lin. ft
19.51 lin. m
Weight
3 042 lbs
1 380 kg
Number of rows
4
Coverage per row
8 ft2
0.74 m2
Coverage per unit
2 ft2
0.19 m2
Linear coverage per unit
4 lin. ft
1.22 lin. m
2
D2
NOTES
H D1
L
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
Height Depth 2 Length
EDGES techo-bloc.com
238
hazelnut brandy
Unit dimensions Depth 1
See page 233 for more technical information.
smoked pine
A
sauvignon oak
TONE DISTRIBUTION
HIGH
in
mm
6 7 3â &#x201E;4 8 48
152 197 203 1 219
Units /pallet
16 units
Brandon DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
140.75 lin. ft
42.90 lin. m
Weight
3 827 lbs
1 736 kg
Number of rows
4
Linear coverage per row
35.19 lin. ft
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
B
Height Depth
NOTES
Length
See page 234 for more technical information.
C
Height Depth Length
10.73 lin. m in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 3 15⁄16 8 7⁄8
180 100 225
44 units
7 1⁄16 3 15⁄16 12 13⁄16
180 100 325
44 units
7 1⁄16 3 15⁄16 16 3⁄4
180 100 425
44 units
shale grey
champlain grey
onyx black
chestnut brown
chocolate brown
techo-bloc.com
EDGES
sandlewood
239
Pietra DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Split face and aged PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
96 lin. ft
29.20 lin. m
Weight
1 277 lbs
579 kg
Number of rows
4
Linear coverage per row
24 lin. ft
7.32 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 1 unit
1 lin. m = 3.28 units
(Average)
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
NOTES
B
Height
The Avignon and Pietra edges come with a plastic edge restraint system that can receive an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail.
techo-bloc.com
EDGES
The edge restraint is easily inserted in the back groove of the block and secures the block in place with the use of an 8" or 10" (200 mm or 250 mm) nail. Nail is not included.
240
Depth Length
C
Height Depth Length
See page 234 for more technical information. PLASTIC EDGE RESTRAINT SYSTEM. (Nail is not included)
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
in
mm
Units /pallet
4 ⁄ 3 ⁄ 8 7⁄8
114 80 225
32 units
4 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 11 13⁄16
114 80 300
32 units
4 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 14 3⁄4
114 80 375
32 units
1 2 1 8
Raffinato 90 mm DESCRIPTION : Edges TEXTURE : Smooth or polished
Specifications per pallet 90 mm SMOOTH
PALLET OVERVIEW - SMOOTH
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
48 units
48 units
Weight
1 548 lbs
702 kg
Number of rows
2
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet 90 mm POLISHED
PALLET OVERVIEW - POLISHED
mm
Units /pallet
90 249 359
48 units
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
40 units
40 units
Weight
1 559 lbs
707 kg
Number of rows
2
H L
in
3 9⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16
90 248 357
40 units
NOTES EDGES
See page 234 for more technical information.
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
techo-bloc.com
POLISHED
SMOOTH
241
Raffinato 180 mm DESCRIPTION : Edges TEXTURE : Smooth or polished
Specifications per pallet 180 mm SMOOTH
PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm SMOOTH
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
24 units
24 units
Weight
1 529 lbs
694 kg
Number of rows
2
H L
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
Specifications per pallet 180 mm POLISHED
PALLET OVERVIEW - 180 mm POLISHED
Units /pallet
24 units
Metric
Cubing
20 units
20 units
Weight
1 557 lbs
706 kg
Number of rows
2
D
A
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
EDGES
mm
180 249 359
Imperial
H L
in
7 1⁄16 9 13⁄16 14 1⁄8
in
mm
Units /pallet
7 1⁄16 9 3⁄4 14 1⁄16
180 248 357
20 units
NOTES See page 235 for more technical information.
POLISHED
techo-bloc.com
SMOOTH
242
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
onyx black
greyed nickel
beige cream
Röcka DESCRIPTION :Edge TEXTURE : Natural stone (Fossil stone) PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 1
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Cubing
19.88 ft
1.85 m2
Weight
1 860 lbs
844 kg
Number of rows
3
Coverage per row
6.63 ft2
0.62 m2
Coverage per unit
A
0.55 ft
0.05 m2
B
1.10 ft2
0.10 m2
B
1.66 ft2
0.15 m2
39.75 lin. ft
12.12 lin. m
PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 2 Linear coverage per pallet
D2 H L
D1
Metric 2
2
Unit dimensions
A
Height Depth 1 Depth 2
PALLET OVERVIEW - ROW 3
Length
B
Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length
Height Depth 1 Depth 2 Length
NOTES
mm
Units /pallet
6 7 3⁄4 8 13 1⁄4
152 197 203 337
8 units
6 7 3⁄4 8 26 1⁄2
152 197 203 673
8 units
6 7 3⁄4 8 39 3⁄4
152 197 203 1 010
4 units
EDGES
C
in
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
NOTES
riviera
rock garden brown
chocolate brown
baja beige
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
techo-bloc.com
See page 235 for more technical information.
243
Tundra DESCRIPTION : Edge TEXTURE : Slate PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
64 units
64 units
Linear coverage per pallet
52.50 lin. ft
16 lin. m
Weight
2 520 lbs
1 143 kg
Number of rows
4
Linear coverage per row
13.12 lin. ft
4 lin. m
1 lin. ft = 1.22 units
1 lin. m = 4 units
D1 H2
H1 L
A
D2
Unit dimensions Height 1 Height 2 Depth 1 Depth 2 Length
NOTES
techo-bloc.com
EDGES
See page 235 for more technical information.
244
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
in
mm
Units /pallet
3 9⁄16 6 5⁄16 4 8 7⁄8 9 13⁄16
90 160 102 225 250
64 units
OUTDOOR FEATURES
techo-bloc.com
FIREPLACES, FIREPITS, PIZZA OVENS & GRILL ISLANDS
245
Brandon Rectangular Fire pit Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
58 units
58 units
Weight
2 660 lbs
1 207kg
Overall Height
19 15⁄16"
507 mm
Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. Piedimonte caps inculded.
Overall Width
44 1⁄2"
1 130 mm
Overall Length
57 ⁄ "
1 467 mm
Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.
Brandon 90 mm units
20 C units
Brandon 90 mm corner units
30 units
Cap units
8 units
TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY APPLIES TO BRANDON STONES THE WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSORY KIT
NOTES
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
3 4
INSERT
20 1⁄4" - 514 mm
34 1⁄2" - 876 mm
0.105" - 2.7 mm
See page 247 for more technical information.
20" 508 mm
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
32 1⁄2" 825 mm
246
shale grey
chestnut brown
18 1⁄4" - 464 mm
Installation guide BRANDON RECTANGLE, FIRE PIT
ELEVATION A
TOP
ELEVATION B
A.
STEEL BOX INSERT
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED
B.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK
- Piedimonte cap: 8
C.
PIEDIMONTE CAP (PRE-CUT)
- Brandon 90 mm block C : 20
D.
BRANDON 90 mm BLOCK
- Brandon 90 mm corner block: 30
E.
TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS
F.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)
G.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)
H.
BRANDON 90 mm CORNER BLOCK
NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fire pit comply with local regulations and code requirements.
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
SECTION 1-1
247
Brandon Square Fire pit Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
66 units
66 units
Weight
2 456 lbs
1 114 kg
Overall Height
19 15⁄16"
507 mm
Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. Piedimonte caps inculded.
Overall Width
53 1⁄2"
1 359 mm
Overall Length
53 ⁄ "
1 359 mm
Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.
Brandon 90 mm units
20 A units
20 B units
Brandon 90 mm corner units
20 units
Cap units
6 units
TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY APPLIES TO BRANDON STONES THE WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSORY KIT
NOTES
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
1 2
INSERT
28 3⁄4" - 730 mm 28 ⁄4" - 730 mm 3
0.105" - 2.7 mm
See page 249 for more technical information.
17 1⁄2" 445 mm
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
26 3⁄4" 679 mm
248
shale grey
chestnut brown
3 ⁄4" 26 9 mm 67
26 3⁄4" - 679 mm
Installation guide BRANDON SQUARE, FIRE PIT
ELEVATION A
TOP
OUTDOOR FEATURES
A.
STEEL BOX INSERT
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED
B.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK
-
Piedimonte cap: 6
C.
PIEDIMONTE CAP (PRE-CUT)
-
Brandon 90 mm block: 20 A , 20 B
D.
BRANDON 90 mm BLOCK
-
Brandon 90 mm corner block: 20
E.
TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS
F.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)
G.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)
H.
BRANDON 90 mm CORNER BLOCK
NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fire pit comply with local regulations and code requirements.
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
techo-bloc.com
SECTION 1-1
249
Manchester Foyer Shale Grey DESCRIPTION : Preassembled fireplace TEXTURE : Smooth and aged
Top Section
imperial
metric
Weight
2 134 lbs
968 kg
Height
53 3⁄8”
1 356 mm
Depth
52”
1 321 mm
Length
32”
813 mm
imperial
metric
Weight
4 985 lbs
2 261 kg
Height
43 ⁄ ”
1 105 mm
Depth
60 ⁄ ”
1 527 mm
Length
44”
1 118 mm
Woodbox
1 2
1 8
metric
Weight
1 568 lbs
711 kg
Height
30 ⁄ ”
772 mm
Depth
34”
864 mm
Length
36 5⁄8”
930 mm
NOTES
Bottom Section
Report number: 0538WF001S UL-127 & ULC-S610 compliant
Woodbox
OUTDOOR FEATURES
See page 251 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
FRONT
250
shale grey
3 8
Top Section
(with chimney)
Bottom Section
imperial
(With York Cap)
Installation guide
MANCHESTER FOYER SHALE GREY
A. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 30 MPa 150 mm (6") THICK B. 152 × 152 MW 18.7 × MW 18.7 (6 × 6-W2.9 × W2.9) WELDED WIRE MESH AS PER SITE CONDITIONS C. 300 mm (12") Ø CONCRETE PILLAR FOUNDATION EXTENDED TO 150 mm (6") BELOW FROST LINE AS PER SITE CONDITIONS AND LOCAL BUILDING REGULATIONS D. 20 mm (3⁄4") CLEAN STONE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS E. NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL TOP
F. GEOTEXTILE
SIDE
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fireplace comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
FRONT
251
Manchester Foyer Harvest Gold DESCRIPTION : Preassembled fireplace TEXTURE : Smooth and aged
Top Section
imperial
metric
Weight
2 134 lbs
968 kg
Height
53 1⁄4”
1 353 mm
Depth
52"
1 321 mm
Length
32"
813 mm
imperial
metric
Weight
4 985 lbs
2 261 kg
Height
43 ⁄ ”
1 105 mm
Woodbox
1 2
Depth
59”
1 499 mm
Length
43”
1 092 mm
metric
Weight
1 568 lbs
711 kg
Height
30 ⁄ ”
768 mm
Depth
33"
838 mm
Length
34”
864 mm
NOTES
Bottom Section
Report number: 0538WF001S UL-127 & ULC-S610 compliant
Woodbox
OUTDOOR FEATURES
See page 253 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
FRONT
252
harvest gold
1 4
Top Section
(with chimney)
Bottom Section
imperial
(With Cap)
Installation guide
MANCHESTER FOYER HARVEST GOLD
A. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB 30 MPa 150 mm (6") THICK B. 152 × 152 MW 18.7 × MW 18.7 (6 × 6-W2.9 × W2.9) WELDED WIRE MESH AS PER SITE CONDITIONS C. 300 mm (12") Ø CONCRETE PILLAR FOUNDATION EXTENDED TO 150 mm (6") BELOW FROST LINE AS PER SITE CONDITIONS AND LOCAL BUILDING REGULATIONS D. 20 mm (3⁄4") CLEAN STONE 150 mm (6") THICK MIN. AS PER SITE CONDITIONS E. NATURAL SOIL OR COMPACTED BACKFILL TOP
F. GEOTEXTILE
SIDE
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fireplace comply with local regulations and code requirements. Concrete pillars extending to frost line may be required as per local code. Check your local building code before installing.
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
FRONT
253
Manchester Elite DESCRIPTION : Pizza oven TEXTURE : Smooth and aged
NOTES
Specifications per pallet TOP SECTION
COMES WITH VARIOUS PIZZA ACCESSORIES. 2 pieces Modular system, Sold as a kit not pre-assembled.
Imperial
Metric
Weight
3 950 lbs
1 792 kg
Height
49 ⁄ "
1 260 mm
Depth
49 1⁄4"
1 251 mm
Length
49 ⁄ "
1 248 mm
Imperial
Metric
See page 255 for more technical information about the Manchester Elite pizza oven.
BOTTOM SECTION
Specifications per pallet
5 8
1 8
Weight
4 990 lbs 2 263 kg
Height
41 3⁄4"
1 060 mm
Depth
49 ⁄ "
1 251 mm
Length
58 ⁄ "
1 492 mm
1 4
3 4
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
PIZZA OVEN CHAMBER Can be purchased separately
254
shale grey
harvest gold
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Weight
900 lbs
408 kg
Interior depth × length × height
27 × 30 × 15
Exterior depth × length × height
33 × 36 × 33 ⁄
838 × 914 × 851
Chamber opening width×height
15 ⁄ × 8
393 × 203
686 × 762 × 381 1 2
1 2
Installation guide
MANCHESTER ELITE, PIZZA OVEN
FRONT ELEVATION
RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
NOTE: The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the pizza oven comply with local regulations and code requirements. The construction of the base should include the installation of a concrete slab and pillars under the slab. The depth of the pillars and reinforcement requirements should be determined based on site conditions and comply with local code. Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
255
Manchester Rustic DESCRIPTION : Pizza oven base and countertop TEXTURE : Smooth and aged
1 100 mm
Depth
43 5⁄16"
1 100 mm
Length
47 ⁄ "
1 200 mm
Manchester shale grey
112
Manchester onyx black
23
256
See page 257 for more technical information about the Manchester Elite pizza oven.
shale grey
harvest gold
FORNO PIZZA OVEN
7.5 in. (19 cm)
4.5 in. (11 cm)
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
NOTES
Metric
2 330 lbs 1 056 kg
Height
42 15⁄16"
1 090 mm
Depth
37"
940 mm
Length
30"
762 mm
Counter top
1
Manchester shale grey
64
Forno Sold sperately
Imperial
Weight
Specifications per pal.
20 in. (51 cm)
1 4
Forno Sold sperately
43 5⁄16"
Base
2 803 lbs 1271 kg
Height
Specifications per pal.
COUNTER
Depth Base Opening 27.6 inches
Metric
Counter
Width - Base Opening 31.5 inches
Imperial
Weight
Base
Imperial
Metric
Weight
400 lbs
181 kg
Height
45 ⁄ "
1 160 mm
Width
33 ⁄ "
855 mm
Length
38 9⁄16"
980 mm
11 16
11 16
Forno Sold sperately
COMES WITH VARIOUS PIZZA ACCESSORIES. 2 pieces Modular system, Sold as a kit not pre-assembled.
BASE
Specifications per pal.
Installation guide
MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP
MANCHESTER RUSTIC, PIZZA OVEN BASE AND COUNTERTOP
FRONT ELEVATION
RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP Manchester block (shale grey): 112
OUTDOOR FEATURES
MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP
Manchester block (onyx black): 23
LEFT SIDE ELEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP Manchester block (shale grey): 176 Counter top: 1
NOTE: Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the pizza oven comply with local regulations and code requirements. The construction of the base should include the installation of a concrete slab and pillars under the slab. The depth of the pillars and reinforcement requirements should be determined based on site conditions and comply with local code Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
techo-bloc.com
Manchester block (onyx black): 23
257
Prescott DESCRIPTION : Fire pit TEXTURE : Natural stone
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Weight
2 813 lbs
1 276 kg
Height
18"
457 mm
Depth
51 3⁄4"
1 314 mm
Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. Piedimonte caps included.
Length
51 3⁄4"
1 314 mm
Piedimonte caps
6
Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.
Prescott 2,25" block
7 A , 18 B , 7 C
Prescott 4,5" block
3 A ,6 B ,3 C
Prescott 2,25" corner block
16
Prescott 4,5" corner block
6
NOTES
* For an authentic look, each color option is composed of a variety of darker & lighter tones. Natural ingredients such as granite are present within the recipe to allow for a range in tones, veining and textures from one stone to another.
28 3⁄4" - 730 mm
28 ⁄4" - 730 mm 3
See page 259 for more technical information.
17 1⁄2" 445 mm
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
26 3⁄4" 679 mm
258
riviera
rock garden brown
TONE DISTRIBUTION
MEDIUM
0.105" - 2.7 mm
3 ⁄4" 26 9 mm 67
26 3⁄4" - 679 mm
Installation guide PRESCOTT FIRE PIT
ELEVATION A
ELEVATION B
TOP
ELEVATION C
ELEVATION D
A.
STEEL BOX INSERT
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED
B.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK
- Piedimonte cap: 6
C . PIEDIMONTE CAP (CUT)
- Prescott 2.25"block: 7 A , 18 B , 7 C
D.
PRESCOTT 4.5" BLOCK
- Prescott 4.5"block: 3 A , 6 B , 3 C
E.
PRESCOTT 2.25" BLOCK
- Prescott 2.25" corner block: 16
F.
TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS
- Prescott 4.5" corner block: 6
G.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)
H.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm) (SEE TABLE PAGE 251 FOR THICKNESS)
I.
PRESCOTT 4.5" CORNER BLOCK
J.
PRESCOTT 2.25" CORNER BLOCK
NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the firepit comply with local regulations and code requirements.
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
SECTION 1-1
259
Raffinato DESCRIPTION : Pizza oven base and countertop TEXTURE : Smooth
Base
BASE
Forno Sold sperately
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Weight
2 073 lbs
940 kg
Height
39"
990 mm
Depth
42 ⁄ "
1 077 mm
Length
47 7⁄8"
1 216 mm
Raffinato 90 mm block
24
Raffinato 180 mm block
40
3 8
Counter
Forno Sold sperately
COUNTER
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Weight
1 330 lbs
603 kg
Height
39"
990 mm
Depth
37"
940 mm
Length
30"
762 mm
Counter top
1
Raffinato 180 mm block
25
Specifications per pallet Weight
FORNO, PIZZA OVEN
OUTDOOR FEATURES
EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
NOTES COMES WITH VARIOUS PIZZA ACCESSORIES. Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. See page 261 for more technical information.
INTERIOR DIMENSIONS
Imperial
Metric
400 lbs
181 kg
Height
77"
1 956 mm
Width
34"
864 mm
Length
39"
991 mm
Height
14"
356 mm
Width
24"
610 mm
Length
32"
813 mm
- 100% Made in Italy - Steel and 441 Stainless Steel Construction - Solid weld construction - Rock Based Insulation which will not break down
-
Food Grade Cooking Stones 10-15 Min Preheat Time Easy Setup Portable
Width - Base Opening 28.3 inches
260
beige cream
7.5 in. (19 cm)
greyed nickel
4.5 in. (11 cm)
techo-bloc.com
Depth Base Opening 22.8 inches
20 in. (51 cm)
Installation guide
MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP
RAFFINATO, PIZZA OVEN BASE AND COUNTERTOP
FRONT ELEVATION
LEFT SIDE ELEVATION
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITHOUT COUNTER TOP Raffinato 90 mm block: 24
OUTDOOR FEATURES
MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP
Raffinato 180 mm block: 40
LEFT SIDE ELEVATION
FRONT ELEVATION
RIGHT SIDE ELEVATION
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED - MODULE WITH COUNTER TOP Raffinato 90 mm block: 24 Raffinato 180 mm block: 65
NOTE : Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the pizza oven comply with local regulations and code requirements. The construction of the base should include the installation of a concrete slab and pillars under the slab. The depth of the pillars and reinforcement requirements should be determined based on site conditions and comply with local code.
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
techo-bloc.com
Counter top: 1
261
Raffinato DESCRIPTION : Fire pit TEXTURE : Smooth
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Weight
2 713 lbs
1 230 kg
Height
21 ⁄ "
540 mm
Depth
41 1⁄2"
1 054 mm
Sold as a kit not pre-assembled. 12"×24" caps inculded.
Length
55 7⁄8"
1 419 mm
12"×24" caps
8
Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.
Raffinato 90 mm corner block
10
Raffinato 180 mm corner block
20
NOTES
See page 263 for more technical information.
1 4
20 1⁄4" - 514 mm
34 1⁄2" - 876 mm
0.105" - 2.7 mm
20" 508 mm
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
32 1⁄2" 825 mm
262
greyed nickel
beige cream
18 1⁄4" - 464 mm
Installation guide RAFFINATO FIRE PIT
ELEVATION A
TOP ELEVATION B
SECTION 1-1
STEEL BOX INSERT
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED
B.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 4" (100 mm) THICK
- 12" × 24" cap: 8
C. 12" × 24" CAP (CUT)
- Raffinato 90 mm corner block: 10
D.
RAFFINATO 180 mm CORNER BLOCK
- Raffinato 180 mm corner block: 20
E.
RAFFINATO 90 mm CORNER BLOCK
F.
TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS
G.
SETTING BED 1" (25 mm)
H.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4" (0-20 mm)
NOTE: Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the firepit comply with local regulations and code requirements.
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
A.
263
Valencia DESCRIPTION : Fire pit TEXTURE : Split face and aged PALLET OVERVIEW
Specifications per pallet
Imperial
Metric
Cubing
80 units
80 units
Weight
1 535 lbs
696 kg
Height
14 3⁄4"
375 mm
Exterior Diameter
48 15⁄16"
1 243 mm
Interior Diameter
29 ⁄ "
740 mm
Number of rows
5
H
TECHO-BLOC WARRANTY APPLIES TO VALENCIA STONES THE WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ACCESSORY KIT
L
D
A
1 8
Unit dimensions Height Depth Length
in
mm
Units /pallet
2 ⁄ 9 ⁄ 9 3⁄4
75 250 247
80 units
15 16 13 16
NOTES A Spark screen should always cover the fire bowl when the fireplace is in use. Insert sold separately. Techo-Bloc is not responsible for any damages to the firepit if it is not installed with a sleeve or accessory kit.
Insert 29 1⁄8" - 740 mm
See page 265 for more technical information.
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
10"- 254 mm
264
sandlewood
shale grey
mojave beige
champlain grey
harvest gold
chestnut brown
autumn red
Installation guide VALENCIA FIRE PIT
ELEVATION A
TOP VIEW
OUTDOOR FEATURES
SECTION 1-1
A.
STEEL BOX INSERT
QUANTITY OF MATERIALS REQUIRED
B.
CLEAN STONE 3⁄4" (20 mm), 6" (150 mm) THICK
- Valencia block: 80
C.
VALENCIA BLOCK
D.
TECHO-BLOC PAVERS OR SLABS
E.
SETTING BED 1” (25 mm)
F.
COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE 0-3⁄4” (0-20 mm)
techo-bloc.com
NOTE: Secure the blocks using a heat resistant concrete adhesive. The installer must ensure that the installation and use of the fire pit comply with local regulations and code requirements.
Consult our Installation Guide in our website for a detail step by step installation.
265
266
techo-bloc.com
OUTDOOR FEATURES
CANADA MONTREAL 5255 Albert-Millichamp treet, Saint-Hubert, QC J3Y 8Z8 OTTAWA 6310 Hazeldean Road - P.O. Box 1791, Stittsville, ON K2S 1B4 TORONTO 10 Freshway Drive, Vaughan, ON L4K 1S3 TORONTO 1050 Industrial Road, Ayr, ON N0B 1E0
USA PENNSYLVANIA 852 W. Pennsylvania Avenue, Pen Argyl, PA 18072 PENNSYLVANIA 23 Quarry Road, Douglassville, PA 19518 MASSACHUSETTS 70 East Brookfield Rd., North Brookfield, MA 01535 NORTH CAROLINA 5135 Surrett Drive, Archdale, NC 27263 OHIO
97 Industrial Street, Rittman, OH 44270 ILLINOIS
3401, 85th Avenue West, Rock Island, IL 61201 ILLINOIS
24312 W. Riverside Dr, Channahon, IL 60410 INDIANA
2397 County Road 27, Waterloo, IN 46793
• • • •
DE-ICING SALT RESISTANT STRENGTH & DURABILITY TRANSFERABLE LIFETIME WARRANTY COLOR THROUGH & THROUGH
TOLL FREE: 1.877.832.4625 WWW.TECHO-BLOC.COM
PROUD MEMBER OF